2021 Tucson Owners Manual

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your Hyundai vehicle

SKB0P57

2021 Tucson Owners Manual

The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor- tant operating, safety and maintenance information. HYUNDAI ...

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual...

your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety ...

File Info : application/pdf, 546 Pages, 44.38MB

2021-Tucson-Owners-Manual

OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3

INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive a HYUNDAI vehicle. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-8 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
F4

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the Topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6

Introduction

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.

WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
F7

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
· Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
· Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
· Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
· Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.

Introduction
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: · Gasoline and its vapors · Engine exhaust · Used engine oil · Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materials · Component parts which are subject to heat and wear In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened;

· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

· How fast the vehicle was traveling.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

F10

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Safety System of Your Vehicle

Convenient Features of Your Vehicle

Infotainment System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Driving Your Vehicle

What to Do in an Emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Index

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ..................................................1-2

Interior overview....................................................1-4

Instrument panel overview ...................................1-5

Engine compartment .............................................1-6

Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Panoramic sunroof ..............................3-43 2. Wiper blades ............................3-122, 7-30 3. Side view mirror ..................................3-36 4. Door ....................................................3-15 5. Headlamps ..............................3-107, 7-65

6. DRL (Daytime Running Light) ..3-107, 7-65 7. Front fog lamp* ........................3-114, 7-65 8. Hood ....................................................3-47 9. Tires and wheels ................................7-36 * : if equipped

OTL018001N

1-2

Rear view

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Antenna ................................................4-2 2. Rear window wiper blade ........3-123, 7-32 3. Fuel filler door ....................................3-48 4. Towing hook ........................................6-23

5. Rear lamp............................................7-70 6. Liftgate ................................................3-52 7. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-73 8. Rear View Monitor ............................3-124

OTL018002N
1-3

Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4

1. Door lock/unlock button ........................3-16 2. Power window switches*........................3-39 3. Central door lock switch* ......................3-17 4. Power window lock switch* ....................3-42 5. Side view mirror control switch* ............3-37 6. Instrument panel illumination control
switch*....................................................3-66 7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system* ..................................................5-52 8. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system* ......5-87 9. ESC OFF button* ..................................5-35 10. AWD LOCK button* ............................5-43 11. Power liftgate button* ..........................3-54 12. Fuse box ..............................................7-52 13. Steering wheel ....................................3-21 14. Steering wheel tilt/telescope lever* ......3-22 15. Seat........................................................2-4 16. Hood release lever ..............................3-47 * : if equipped
OTL018003N

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Light control/Turn signals..................3-107 2. Steering wheel audio controls* ............4-3

3. Instrument cluster ..............................3-65

4. Horn ....................................................3-23

5. Driver's front air bag ..........................2-50

6. Wiper/Washer ..................................3-120

7. Cruise Control Switches* ......5-100, 5-105

8. Engine Start/Stop button* ....................5-9

9. Key ignition switch ................................5-6

10. Audio system/Navigation system* ......4-4

11. Hazard warning flasher switch ............6-2

12. Manual climate control system/........3-127 Automatic climate control system* ..3-137

13. Power outlet ....................................3-161

14. Aux, USB and iPod® ..........................4-2

15. Wireless cellular phone charging system* ..........................................3-162

16. Shift lever ..........................................5-14

17. Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)* ......5-24

18. Drive mode button* ..........................5-51

19. Auto hold button* ..............................5-30

20. Downhill Brake Control (DBC)* ........5-40

21. Surround View Monitor* ..................3-125

22. Cup holder* ....................................3-159

23. Console box....................................3-157

24. Passenger's front air bag..................2-50

25. Glove box........................................3-157

26. USB charger ..................................3-162

* : if equipped

OTL018004N

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.0 GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ Radiator cap .....................................7-19
2. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-23 3. Air cleaner.........................................7-25 4. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-17 5. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-18 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-24 7. Fuse box ...........................................7-53 8. Battery terminal [+] ...........................7-33 9. Battery terminal [-] ............................7-33

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1-6

OTLA075001

2.4 GDI

Your vehicle at a glance

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OTLE075104
1-7

Safety system of your vehicle

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.

It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.

Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-38

Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2

Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-38

Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-39

Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-41

Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint

Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3

System ...................................................................2-48

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3

Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-50

Seats ........................................................................2-4

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-54

Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-58

Front Seats .........................................................................2-6

Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-59

Rear Seats.........................................................................2-12

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-65

Head restraints ................................................................2-15

SRS Care............................................................................2-71

Heated Seats and Ventilated Seats ............................2-20

Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-72

Seat Belts ..............................................................2-24

Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-73

Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-24

Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-25

Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-26

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-34

Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:

2-2

Safety system of your vehicle

· ALWAYS set up your mobile devices Control Your Speed

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
· ONLY use your mobile device when

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also

Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such prob-

allowed by laws and when conditions occur at lower speeds. Never drive lems, check your tire pressures and

permit safe use. NEVER text or faster than is safe for current condi- condition frequently, and perform all

email while driving. Most states have tions, regardless of the maximum regularly scheduled maintenance.

laws prohibiting drivers from texting. speed posted.

Some states and cities also prohibit

drivers from using handheld phones.

· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

2-3

Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
2-4

Front seats (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (Driver's seat) (4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* (5) Seat warmer* (6) Air ventilation seat* (7) Head restraint
Rear seats (8) Seatback angle and folding (9) Head restraint (10) Armrest (11) Seat warmer* * : if equipped
OTL035001L

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.

· Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

seat belts and air bags in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger

Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.

seat as far to the rear as pos-

sible.

Air bags

· Hold the steering wheel by the

You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates.

rim with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· NEVER place anything or any-

one between the steering

wheel and the air bag.

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride in a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.

· Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
· Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
· Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Manual adjustment

Forward and rearward adjustment

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the levers located on the out-

side of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper

position so that you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, foot pedals

and controls on the instrument

panel.

OTL035002
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

OTL035003
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

OTL035004
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
· Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.

2-8

Safety system of your vehicle

Power adjustment

NOTICE

The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on

To prevent damage to the seats:

the outside of the seat cushion. · Always stop adjusting the seats Before driving, adjust the seat to the when the seat has moved as far

proper position so that you can easi- forward or rearward as possible.

ly control the steering wheel, foot · Do not adjust the seats for

pedals and controls on the instru- longer than necessary when the

ment panel.

engine is turned off. This may

result in unnecessary battery

WARNING

drain.

· Do not operate two or more

OTL035005

NEVER allow children in the

seats at the same time. This may Forward and rearward adjustment

vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the engine is turned off.

result in an electrical malfunction.

To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

OTL035006
Seatback angle To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.

Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat cushion height (2)

To change the height of the seat cushion:

Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower

the height of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

OTL035051
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

OTL035008
Lumbar support (for driver's seat, if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
· Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support.

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket

Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

OTL035017
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front seatbacks.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.

WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

OTLE035060
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position.

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

OTL035029

OTLE035024
4. Fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle.

OTLE035025
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback rearward. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback.

OTLE035023
3. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion, and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged.
2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.

WARNING
Make sure the engine is off, the shift lever is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

Armrest

OTLE035021
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by using the strap from the seatback to use it.
You will find cup holders on the center armrest.

2-14

Safety system of your vehicle

CAUTION

Head restraints

The vehicle's front and rear seats

· Be careful when loading have adjustable head restraints. The

cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent dam-

head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly

age to the vehicle interior.

they are designed to help protect

· When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from

passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.

OLF034072N

moving while driving.

Adjust the head restraints so

· Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions

the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
· NEVER adjust the head

when adjusting your head

restraint position of the dri-

restraints:

ver's seat when the vehicle is

· Always properly adjust the

in motion.

head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle.

· Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat

· NEVER let anyone ride in a

cushion that holds the body

seat with the head restraints

away from the seatback.

removed or reversed.

· Make sure the head restraint

locks into position after adjust-

ing it.

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.

Front seat head restraints

OLMB033009
The vehicle's front seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for both safety and comfort.

OTL035014
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it's furthest rearwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it.

2-16

Manual seat
2

Safety system of your vehicle

OTL035009
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).

OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

Power seat

OTL035010

OTL035011
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1).

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling upward on the head restraint (4).

Manual seat

Power seat

3. Recline the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).
OTL035012

OTL035013
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
2-18

Rear seat head restraints
2

Safety system of your vehicle

OLMB033016
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all seating positions for passenger's safety and comfort.

OTLE035018
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).

OTL038020N
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

Heated Seats and Ventilated Seats
Front seat heaters (if equipped)
Seat heaters are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: · Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital outpatients. · People with sensitive skin or who burn easily. · Fatigued individuals. · Intoxicated individuals.

· People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat heater is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat heater and seats: · Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. · Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat heater. · Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat heater.

Type A

Type B

OTLE035075

OTLE035076
When the engine is running, the seat heaters may be operated. Press the driver's side button to heat the driver seat or press the passenger side button to heat the passenger seat.

2-20

Safety system of your vehicle

During mild weather or under condi- · When pressing the switch for more Front ventilated seats

tions where the operation of the seat than 1.5 seconds with the seat (if equipped)

heater is not needed, keep the switch- heater operating, the seat heater

es in the OFF position.

will turn OFF.

Type A

· Manual temperature control

· The seat heater defaults to the OFF

Each time you press the front seat heater button, the temperature set-

position each time the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

ting of the seat is changed as fol-

lows :

i Information

OFF

HIGH (

)

LOW ( )

MIDDLE (

)

· Automatic temperature control
The front seat heater will automatically adjust the temperature level after an extended period of time in order to reduce long term exposure with the seat heater.

With the seat heater switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

Type B

OTLE035016

OFF

HIGH (

)

30 MIN

LOW ( )

MIDDLE (

)

60 MIN

If you re-select the HIGH temperature mode by pressing the front seat heater button, the automatic timer will reset and start again.

OTLE035015

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

The ventilated seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the ventilated seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
When the engine is running, the ventilated seats may be operated. Press the driver's side button to cool the driver seat or press the passenger side button to cool the passenger seat.

· Each time you press the ventilated seats button, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows:

OFF

HIGH (

)

LOW ( )

MIDDLE (

)

· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the ventilated seat operating, the operation will turn OFF.

· The ventilated seats defaults to the OFF position each time the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat:
· Use the ventilated seats only when the climate control system is ON. Using the ventilated seats for prolonged periods with the climate control system OFF could cause the ventilated seat to malfunction.
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
· Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly.
· Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.

· Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the ventilated seat.
· If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear seat heaters (if equipped)

· Manual temperature control

i Information

Each time you press the rear seat heater button, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :

With the seat heater switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

OFF HIGH ( ) LOW ( )

OTL035022
When the engine is running, the rear seat heaters may be operated. Press the button on the door press the passenger side button to heat the passenger seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat heater is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.

· Automatic temperature control
The rear seat heater will automatically adjust the temperature level after an extended period of time in order to reduce long term exposure with the seat heater.

OFF HIGH (

) LOW ( )
30 MIN

If you re-select the HIGH temperature mode by pressing the rear seat heater button, the automatic timer will reset and start again.
· The seat heater defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.

WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts:
· ALWAYS properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats.
· NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.

· Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.
· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

· No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning light

Conditions

Warning Pattern

Seat Belt

Vehicle Light (Blink) Chime
Speed

Unbuckled

6 seconds

Buckled

6 seconds None

Below 3 mph 6 seconds
(5 km/h)

None

Buckled 3 mph~ Unbuckled 6 mph

6 seconds

WARNING

Above 6 mph 6 sec. ON / 24 sec. OFF

(10 km/h)

(11 times)

Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:
· Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
· Damaged hardware
· The entire seat belt assembly after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent

OLMB033022
Driver's seat belt warning The driver's seat belt warning light and chime will come on according to the following table when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Above 6 mph

(10 km/h)

Unbuckled

Below 3 mph

(5 km/h)

6 seconds *1
Stop *2

*1 : The Warning Pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is buckled, the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.
*2 : The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

OTLE035082
Front passenger's seat belt warning
The front passenger's seat belt warning light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in "ON" position.

Conditions

Warning Pattern

Seat Belt

Vehicle Speed

Light-Blink

Unbuckled

Above 6mph (10 km/h)

Buckled

Buckled Unbuckled

Above 6mph (10 km/h)
Below 6mph (10 km/h)

6 seconds Continuously
6 seconds Continuously *1
None

*1 : The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph (5 km/h). If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph (5 km/h), the warning light will blink again.

Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt: Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE

If you are not able to smoothly pull

enough of the seat belt out from

the retractor, firmly pull the seat

belt out and release it. After

release, you will be able to pull the

belt out smoothly.

OHSS038102L
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

OHSS038102
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt: · Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

· Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
· Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
· Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the four different positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.

Front seat
OTL035026
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2). Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

To fasten the rear center seat belt

2. Insert the small tongue plate (A) into the primary buckle (B) located on the right hand (passenger) side of the center seat. Insert the buckle until an audible "click" is heard, indicating that the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

OTLE035110

2
OTLE035112

OTLE035111
1. Extract the small tongue plate from the slot on the belt assembly pocket located in the headliner.

OTL035113
3. Slip the large tongue plate (C) out of the pocket (D) located on the belt assembly.
2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

4. Pull the large tongue plate and insert it into the seat belt buckle (E) located on the left hand (driver) side of the center seat. Insert the buckle until an audible "click" is heard, indicating that the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

To release the rear center seatbelt

When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

OTL035114
1. Press the release button on the rear center seat belt buckle (E) located on the left hand (driver) side of the center seat and remove the large tongue plate (C).

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

You can also insert the large buckle (C) into the release hole to release the seat belt assembly.

Pull up on the seat belt webbing and allow the webbing to retract

automatically.

3. Slip the large tongue plate (C) into the pocket (D) located on the belt assembly.

OTL035115

OTLE035078
4. Insert the small tongue plate (A) into the slot on the belt assembly pocket located in the headliner.

OTLE035116
2. To release and retract the rear center seatbelt assembly, insert a small tool or key into the primary buckle release hole (F) located on the right hand (passenger) side of the center seat.
2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device (EFD)). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions. The Seat Belt Anchor Pre-tensioner may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
(2) Emergency Fastening Device (EFD) (for the driver's seat)
The purpose of the EFD is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupant's lower body in certain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

WARNING
· Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

NOTICE

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.

The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the
pretensioner seat belts. The SRS 2
air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working

OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
(1) SRS air bag warning light

properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

(2) Retractor pre-tensioner (3) SRS control module (4) Emergency Fastening Device

inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.

(EFD)

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE
· Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.
· The passenger side pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not worn at the time of the collision.
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the abdomen.

WARNING
· A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
· To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

WARNING

Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when prop-

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific recommendations.

One person per belt
Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) are greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

Care of Seat Belts

When to replace seat belts

Seat belt systems should never be The entire seat belt assembly or

· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri-

disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized

ous or fatal injuries in the event

HYUNDAI dealer.

of a collision or sudden stop.

Periodic inspection

· Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
· Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
· Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

· Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS)

Child restraint system types There are three main types of child

· If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of

When selecting a CRS for your child, always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

restraint systems: rearward-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.

the respective seating posi-

Standards (FMVSS 213).

tion shall be readjusted or · Select a child restraint based on Rearward-facing child seats

entirely removed.

your child's height and weight. The

· Do not use an infant carrier or

required label or the instructions

WARNING

a child safety seat that

for use typically provide this infor-

"hooks" over a seatback, it

mation.

NEVER install a child or infant

may not provide adequate · Select a child restraint that fits the restraint in the front passen-

protection in an accident.

vehicle seating position where it ger's seat.

· After an accident, have a

will be used.

Placing a rearward-facing child

HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

· Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.

restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.

OLMB033041
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.

OTLE035033
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

Booster seats

Installing a Child Restraint

After selecting a proper child seat for

A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS)

your child, check to make sure it fits

to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly

WARNING

instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child 2

over the lap of your child. Keep your child in a booster seat until

Before installing your child restraint system always:

seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:

they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the

· Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
· Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.

· Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system. If using the lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint, the convertible locking retractor should be pulled all the way out to engage the "automatic locking" mode. (See page 2-45.)

risk of injury.

· Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

WARNING

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward-and-back

If the vehicle head restraint pre-

and from side-to-side to verify that

vents proper installation of a

it is securely attached to the seat.

child seat (as described in the

A child restraint secured with a

child seat system manual, the

seat belt should be installed as

head restraint of the respective

firmly as possible. However, some

seating position shall be read-

side-to- side movement can be

justed or entirely removed.

expected.

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

· Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.
2-42

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH) System
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

OLM039035
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system

WARNING

Lower Anchor Position Indicator

To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:

Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation

1. Move the seat belt buckle away

instructions provided with

from the lower anchors.

your child restraint system.

Lower Anchor
OTL035036
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the upper portion of the lower anchor cover.

2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer after an

accident. An accident can

damage the LATCH system

and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

NOTICE
The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg).
How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system

OTL035034
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap:
· Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.
· Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward-and-back and from side-to-

side.

OTLE035035
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.

Securing a child restraint with a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.

OLMB033045
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

OLMB033097
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the NOTICE

belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while When the seat belt is allowed to feeding the shoulder belt back into retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor.

the retractor will automatically 2

6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

WARNING

OLMB033098
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.

If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 2-48

OTLE035037

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag

WARNING

System for the driver's seat and front

passenger's seats.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The front air bags are designed to ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,

supplement the three-point seat everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in

belts. For these air bags to provide a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt

protection, the seat belts must be when the air bag inflates.

worn at all times when driving.

NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front

You can be severely injured or killed passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant

in an accident if you are not wearing or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-

fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked

and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,

the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant

causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

Driver's front air bag

Passenger's front air bag

OTLE038038

OTLE038039
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.

The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened. These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, and seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

2-50

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not attach any objects on front windshield and inside mirror.

Side air bags

2
OTL035040

OTL035041
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat.
2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
· Do not use any accessory seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself.

Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

Curtain air bags

They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact colli-

· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.

sions.

· Do not place any objects over

The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact.

the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.

OTL035042

The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.

· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal

The curtain air bags are not

injury.

designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies

WARNING

onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms

OTL035043

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bags, take the following precautions:
· All seat occupants must wear

out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.

Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?
ODH033104L/Q
The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

10. Side pressure sensors 11. The front passenger's seat belt
buckle sensors 12. Emergency Fastening Device
(EFD) 13. Occupant classification system
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is in the ON position to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
i Information
The seat belt buckle sensor determines whether the front passenger's seat belt is fastened. According to whether the seat belt is fastened or not and how severe the impact is, this sensor provides the function to control the SRS deployment.

SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system, which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover protection.

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

During a frontal collision, sensors will · Air bag deployment depends on a detect the vehicle's deceleration. If number of factors including vehicle

the rate of deceleration (measured in speed, angles of impact and the

If your SRS malfunctions, the air g-force) is high enough the control density and stiffness of the vehicles

bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death.

unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by

or objects which your vehicle 2
impacts during a collision. The determining factors are not limited

If any of the following condi- responding to frontal impacts in to those mentioned above.

tions occur, your SRS is mal- which seat belts alone cannot pro- · The front air bags will completely

functioning:

vide adequate restraint. When need- inflate and deflate in an instant. It is

· The light does not turn on for ed, the side air bags help provide virtually impossible for you to see

approximately six seconds protection in the event of a side the air bags inflate during an acci-

when the ignition switch is in impact or rollover.

dent. It is much more likely that you

the ON position.
· The light remains illuminated after approximately six sec-

· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.

onds.
· The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
· The light blinks when the engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.

· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic

· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

deployment/inflation signal.

2-55

Safety system of your vehicle

· To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.

You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· NEVER place a child restraint in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and the seat occupant.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

2-56

Driver's front air bag (1)

Driver's front air bag (2)

Driver's front air bag (3)

Safety system of your vehicle

OTLA035107
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.

OTLA035108
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

Passenger's front air bag

OTLA035109

OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:
· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
· Open your windows and doors as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
· Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.

· Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and mild soap.
· Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

Noise and smoke from inflating Occupant Classification

air bag

System (OCS)

Main components of the Occupant Classification System

When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.

Type A Type B

· A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion. · Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag

systems should be activated or

deactivated.

· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.

OTLA035102

· The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.

Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

OTLA035086
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.

You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center facia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include:
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

or hip protection wear.

· Putting an additional thick cushion

Indicator/Warning light

Devices

on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the

Condition detected by the occupant classification system

"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light

SRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

seat with inverter charging.

1. Adult *1

Off

Activated

2. Infant *2 or child restraint On
system with 12 months old *3 *4

Off

Deactivated

3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system

Off

Deactivated

Off

Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

· NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.

· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.

OVQ036013NB
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.

OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.

2-62

OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101

OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104

Safety system of your vehicle

· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K

· Do not place electronic

devices such as laptops,

DVD player, or conductive

materials such as water

bottles on the passenger

seat.

· Do not use electronic ODH035902K devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K

· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.

ODH035903K

Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-63

Safety system of your vehicle

B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
2-64

WARNING
Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition themselves in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.

NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.

Safety system of your vehicle

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat

WARNING

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?

· NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in

front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of

every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air

the vehicle.

bag would not be expected to pro-

· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.

vide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a

· Always properly restrain chil- collision energy absorption, and is

dren in an appropriate child not an indicator of whether or not an

restraint in the rear seat of the air bag should have inflated.

1JBH3051

vehicle.

Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the OCS, never install

a child restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat. An inflating air bag can

forcefully strike a child or child

restraint resulting in serious or fatal

injury.

2-65

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: · Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.
· Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.

· Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.
· Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-66

Safety system of your vehicle

2
1. SRS control module 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor (front) 4. Side impact sensor (rear)
OTLE038044/OTLE038045/OTLE038046/OTL035047/OTL035048
2-67

Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
OTLE038070
Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity, speed, or angles of impact of the front collision.

OTLE038071

Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OTL035074

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the severity, speed, or

angles of impact resulting from a

2-68

side impact collision.

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions
2

OTLE038066
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

OTLE038065
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

OTLE038067
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity, vehicle speed and angles of impact.

2-69

Safety system of your vehicle

OTL035069
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

OTLE038064
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

OTL035068
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.

2-70

Safety system of your vehicle

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-

WARNING

free and there are no parts you can To reduce the risk of serious

safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi-

injury or death, take the following precautions:

nate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica-

OTLE038063
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.

Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

tions to the body structure.
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.

· Clean the air bag pad covers

with a soft cloth moistened

with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and

proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-71

Safety system of your vehicle

· If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of personal injury.
2-72

Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash
Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the ignition switch or the engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.

Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 1-800633-5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels
OTL035049
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

2
2-73

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-4 Panoramic Sunroof ..............................................3-43

Remote Key.........................................................................3-4

Sunshade ...........................................................................3-44

Smart Key............................................................................3-8

Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-44

Immobilizer System.........................................................3-13

Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-45

Door Locks............................................................3-15

Closing the Sunroof........................................................3-45

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-15

To Reset the Sunroof.....................................................3-46

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-16

Exterior Features.................................................3-47

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-18

Hood ...................................................................................3-47

Child-Protector Rear Door locks ................................3-19

Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-48

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-20 Liftgate ..................................................................3-52

Steering Wheel .....................................................3-21 Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-21 Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-22

Non-Powered liftgate ....................................................3-52 Power Liftgate .................................................................3-54 Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-61

Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-23

Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-65

Horn ....................................................................................3-23

Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-66

Mirrors...................................................................3-24 Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-24 Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-36
Windows ................................................................3-39 Power Windows ...............................................................3-40

Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-67 Icy Road Warning Light .................................................3-70 Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-72 LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-84 LCD Display ...........................................................3-91 LCD Display Control........................................................3-91

LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-92

Trip Computer .....................................................3-103

Light .....................................................................3-107

Exterior Lights ...............................................................3-107

Welcome System ...........................................................3-115

Interior Lights ................................................................3-116

Wipers and Washers..........................................3-120

Windshield Wipers ........................................................3-120

Front Windshield Washers..........................................3-122

Rear Window Wiper and Washer Switch ................3-123

Driver Assist System .........................................3-124

Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-124

Surround View Monitor...............................................3-125

Manual Climate Control System.......................3-127

Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-128

System Operation .........................................................3-133

System Maintenance....................................................3-135

Automatic Climate Control System..................3-137

Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning.................3-138

Manual Heating and Air Conditioning......................3-139

System Operation .........................................................3-146

System Maintenance....................................................3-148

Windshield Defrosting And Defogging ...........3-150 Manual Climate Control System ................................3-150 Automatic Climate Control System ...........................3-151 Defogging logic..............................................................3-152 Auto Defogging System ..............................................3-153 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-154
Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-156 Cluster ionizer................................................................3-156 Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-156 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-156
Storage Compartment .......................................3-157 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-157 Glove Box........................................................................3-157 Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-158

Interior Features ................................................3-159

Cup Holder ......................................................................3-159

Sunvisor...........................................................................3-160

Power Outlet ..................................................................3-161

USB Charger...................................................................3-162

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-162

Clock .................................................................................3-165

Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-165

Convenient features of your vehicle

Plastic Bag Hook...........................................................3-166

Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-166

Cargo Net Holder ..........................................................3-167

Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-167

Luggage Tray .................................................................3-170

Exterior features ...............................................3-171

Roof Rack .......................................................................3-171

Convenient features of your vehicle

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote Key (if equipped)
OTL045001
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic (if equipped)

Locking Your Vehicle
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is pressed once more within four seconds, the horn will beep once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

Unlocking Your Vehicle
To unlock your vehicle:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
2. The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock

3-4

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Two Press Unlock feature can Liftgate unlocking

Panic button (if equipped)

also be enabled or disabled by To unlock the liftgate:

Press and hold the Panic button (4)

pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:

1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button (3) on the remote key for more than one second.

for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds.

Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard

2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.

To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.

warning lights blink.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and

This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this

then closed, the liftgate will auto- Start-up matically re-lock after 30 seconds. For more details, refer to the "Key

procedure to enable/disable the

Ignition Switch" section in chapter

mode again.

i Information

i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.

The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.

NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key:
· Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the remote key from being covered under warranty.

· Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key.

· Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures.

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mechanical key
OTL045002
If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote. To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote.

Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The key is in the ignition switch.
· You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
· The remote key battery is weak.
· Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
· The weather is extremely cold.
· The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.
When the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.

3-6

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

Battery replacement
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.

If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Battery Type: CR2032

i Information
An inappropriately disposed 3
battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
OLM042302

NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

To replace the battery:
1. Pry open the rear cover of the remote key.
2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.

3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote key.

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart Key (if equipped)

Locking Your Vehicle

i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.

OLF044003/Q
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic

OTL045003
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
3. Press either the button on the door handle of the Door Lock button (1) or the button on the smart key. The chime will sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.

Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur:
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any of the doors are open except for the liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

3-8

Convenient features of your vehicle

Unlocking Your Vehicle

Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.

This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
i Information

The Two Press Unlock feature, when · The door handle button will only enabled, will require the user to operate when the smart key is with-

press the door unlock button once for in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the

driver door only and twice for unlock- outside door handle.

ing all the doors.

· Either the driver or front passenger

Select or Deselect the Two Press door can be opened with the door

OTL045003 Unlock feature in the User Settings handle button when the smart key is

To unlock your vehicle:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press either the button on the

mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock

within this range.
· If you press the front passenger outside door handle, while carrying the Smart Key, all doors will unlock.

door handle of the Door Unlock button (2) or the Smart Key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

The Two Press Unlock feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:

Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.

3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

Opening the Liftgate
To open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2. Press either the liftgate handle button or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
i Information
The liftgate handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.

Panic button Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
Start-up You can start the engine without inserting the key.
For more details, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.

NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
· Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid or fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the smart key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the smart key from warranty coverage.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.

3-10

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mechanical key

Loss of a smart key

Smart key precautions

If the Smart Key does not operate A maximum of two Smart Keys can The smart key will not work if any of

normally, you can lock or unlock the be registered to a single vehicle. If the following occur:

door by using the mechanical key.

you happen to lose your smart key, · The smart key is close to a radio

you should immediately take the transmitter such as a radio station

vehicle and remaining keys to your or an airport which can interfere

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

with normal operation of the transmitter.

· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.

· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.

OTL045004
To remove the mechanical key from the smart key fob, press and hold the release button (1) and pull the mechanical key out.

When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key, insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the driver door.

To reinstall the mechanical key, put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard.

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Battery replacement If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one.
OLF044008
Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key. 2. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.

3-12

Convenient features of your vehicle

If you suspect your smart key might Immobilizer System

Do not attempt to alter this system or

have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.

add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.

i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the igni-

WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.

tion switch to the ON position again.

The system may not recognize your key's coding if another immobilizer key or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is near the key. The engine may not start because the metal may interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following three conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference. 2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-14

DOOR LOCKS

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle

Mechanical key

Type A

Type B

Remote key

Smart key
3
Lock / Unlock

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045005
If you lock the driver's door with turning the key toward the front of the vehicle, all vehicle doors will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with turning the key toward the rear of the vehicle, the driver's door will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

OTL045001
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key.
Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

OTL045003 Door Door Unlock Lock
OLF044003
To lock the doors, press the button on the outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Lock button on the Smart Key.
3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
· Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button

Unlock

Lock

OTL045007
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

· If the inner door handle of the driver door or front passenger door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and the door will open.
· The front doors cannot be locked if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open.
· The doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open.

With the central door lock switch

Driver's door

Passenger's door

i Information

WARNING

· The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while

the vehicle is in motion. If the

doors are unlocked, the risk of

being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.

· Do not pull the inner door

handle of the driver's or pas-

senger's door while the vehi-

cle is moving.

If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit:
· Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
· Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
· Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.

OTLA045008/OTLA045312
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.
If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (1) of the central door lock switch is pressed.

WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.

CAUTION
Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the cluster LCD display.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the engine is running.

3-18

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift Child-Protector Rear Door locks To lock the child safety lock, insert a

When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the

small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.

vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).

To allow a rear door to be opened

For more information on these features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter.

from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.
3

WARNING

OTL045009
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock (1) position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle (2) is pulled.

If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

i Information
· Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key.
· If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.

3-20

Convenient features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL

Electric Power Steering (EPS) NOTICE

i Information

The system assists you with steering If the Electric Power Steering The following symptoms may occur

the vehicle. If the engine is turned off System does not operate normal- during normal vehicle operation:

or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ly, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.

· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel will return to its normal condition.

· A click noise may be heard from the

EPS relay after the ignition switch is

in the ON or OFF position.

· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.

· If the outside ambient temperature is low, when you operate the steering wheel a noise from the electric power steering may occur. As the temperature increases, the noise will dissappear. This is a normal condition.

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

OTLE048010
To adjust the steering wheel angle and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lockrelease lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)
Type A

When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.

Horn

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button again. The indicator

on the button will turn off.

The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after approximately 30 minutes.

Type B

OTLA045325

NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.

OTL045012
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE

OTLA045326

Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside Rearview Mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
WARNING

WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
Type A
Night

Type B

Day OTL045013

To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

OOSEV048005N
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position.
3-24

Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

Blue Link® center (if equipped)
Type A

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with homelink system (if equipped)

Convenient features of your vehicle

Type B

OOSEV048040N

OOSEV048039N
For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.

OHD046025N
To operate the electric rearview mirror
Press the I button (1) to turn the automatic- dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the automatic- dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

Glare detection sensor Indicator light

Homelink buttons

OHD046305N

HomeLink® Wireless Control System

Your new mirror comes with an integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to program the mirror to activate your garage door(s), estate gate, home lighting, etc. The mirror actually learns the codes from your various existing transmitters.

3-26

WARNING
· When programming the HomeLink® Wireless Control System, you may be operating a garage door or gate operator. Make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage.
· Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U.S. federal safety standards. (This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling the door to stop and reverse, does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases risk of serious injury or death. For more details, call 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.

Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes (follow step 1 in the "Programming" portion of this text).
Programming
Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency.
Follow these steps to train your HomeLink mirror:

Convenient features of your vehicle

Flashing

NOTICE

Flashing

For non rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 3.

For rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 6.

For Canadian Programming,

please follow the Canadian

Programming section. For help with determining whether

1-3inches

your garage is non-rolling code or OHD046306N rolling code, please refer to the

Transmitter

OHD046307N

1. When programming the buttons for garage door openers owner's 2. Press and hold the button on the

the first time, press and hold the manual or contact HomeLink cus- HomeLink system you wish to train

left and center buttons ( , ) tomer service at 1-800-355-3515.

and the button on the transmitter

simultaneously for approximately

while the transmitter is approxi-

20 seconds until the indicator light

mately 1 to 3 inches away from the

begins to flash. (This procedure

mirror. Do not release the buttons

erases the factory-set default

until step 3 has been completed.

codes. Do not perform this step to program additional hand-held transmitters.)

3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes

rapidly, both buttons may be

released. (The rapid flashing light

indicates successful programming

of the new frequency signal.)

3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step #3 with the "cycling" procedure noted in the "Canadian Programming" section of this document.
Rolling code programming
To train a garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped devices) with the rolling code feature, follow these instructions after completing the "Programming" portion of this text. (A second person may make the following training procedures quicker & easier.)
4. Locate the "learn" or "smart" button on the device's motor head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the "learn" or "smart" button, reference the device's owner's manual or contact HomeLink at 1-800355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.

5. Press and release the "learn" or "smart" button on the device's motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times. The rolling code equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done. Refer to the "Programming" portion of this text.

Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained product (garage door, security system, entry door lock, estate gate, or home or office lighting). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time. The HomeLink Wireless Controls System (once programmed) or the original hand-held transmitter may be used to activate the device (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, etc.). In the event that there are still programming difficulties, contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.

3-28

Convenient features of your vehicle

Flashing

Gate operator & Canadian programming

i Information

During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

transmitting. Continue to press the Operation is subject to the following

Integrated HomeLink® Wireless three conditions:

Control System button (note steps 2 1. This device may not cause harmful

through 3 in the Programming por- interference.

OHD046306N
Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons
To erase the three programmed buttons (individual buttons cannot be erased):

tion of this document) while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance

· Press and hold the left and center IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 buttons simultaneously, until the

could void the user's authority to operate the device.

indicator light begins to flash

(approximately 20 seconds).

Release both buttons. Do not hold

for longer than 30 seconds.

HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink® system and Blue Link® (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror and an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, etc.

HomeLink Indicator

Telematics buttons

HomeLink Button OOS047093N

(1) HomeLink Channel 1

(2) HomeLink Channel 2

(3) HomeLink Channel 3

(4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator : Closing or Closed

(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator

(6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator : Opening or Opened

(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision SafetyTM (NVS®) Mirror (if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the vehicle. Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

Your mirror will automatically dim Integrated HomeLink® Wireless upon detecting glare from the vehi- Control System

WARNING

cles traveling behind you. The autodimming function can be controlled by pressing the Dimming ON/OFF button:
1. Pressing and holding the button for 3 seconds turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing and holding the button for 3 seconds again turns the autodimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on.

The HomeLink® Wireless Control System can replace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with a single built-in device. This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, even home lighting. Both standard and rolling code-equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures.

Before

programming

HomeLink® to a garage door

opener or gate operator, make

sure people and objects are out

of the way of the device to pre-

vent potential harm or damage.

Do not use the HomeLink® with

any garage door opener that

lacks the safety stop and

reverse features required by

U.S. federal safety standards

(this includes any garage door

opener model manufactured

before April 1, 1982). A garage

The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.

Additional HomeLink® information can be found at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

door that cannot detect an object - signaling the door to stop and reverse - does not

Retain the original transmitter of the meet current U.S. federal safety

RF device you are programming for standards. Using a garage door

use in other vehicles as well as for opener without these features

future HomeLink® programming. It is increases the risk of serious

also suggested that upon the sale of injury or death.

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink® buttons be erased for

security purposes.

3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

Programming HomeLink® Please note the following: · When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage. · It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. · Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be placed in the ACC (or "Accessories") position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®. · In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below, contact HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
3-32

Programming To program most devices, follow these instructions:
OOS047095N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button. · If the indicator (4) is turned ON in Orange, go to Step 3) since it is a new programming. · If the indicator (4) is continuously turned ON or flashes in Green rapidly several times, go to Step 2) since it is a programmed button.
2. Press and hold the button you wish to program for approximately 15-25 seconds until the LED flashes in Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door Opener Original Transmitter (OT) near the HomeLink Mirror.
OOS047096N
4. Press the Original Transmitter (OT) button until the indicator (4) is turned continuously ON or flashes in Green for approximately 10 seconds and it indicates the programing is completed.
5. However, the indicator (4) flashes in Green continuously, but if the garage door opener does not operate, please continue to follow the step 6 and 7 ("Rolling Code Programming" procedures).

Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Firmly press and release the 7. Return to the vehicle and firmly Gate operator & Canadian program-

"Learn," "Smart," or "Program" but- press, hold for two seconds and ming

ton while the indicator (4) flashes

release the HomeLink button up to During programming, your handheld

in Green. Once the button is

three times. Do not press the transmitter may automatically stop

pressed, you have approximately

HomeLink button rapidly. At this transmitting. Continue to press the

30 seconds to initiate the next

point programming is complete Integrated HomeLink® Wireless

step.

and your device should operate Control System button while you

i Information

when the HomeLink button is press and re-press ("cycle") your

pressed and released.

handheld transmitter every two sec-

At the garage door opener motor, (security gate motor, etc.) locate the "Learn," "Smart," or "Program" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached

i Information
· Some garage door openers require to press the programmed button on the mirror up to three times right

onds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.

to the motor-head unit (see the after the programming is just com-

device's manual to identify this but- pleted to operate the garage door.

ton). The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer. A ladder and/or second person may simplify the following steps.

· The indicator (4) is turned ON in Orange and flashes for about 60seconds, during the programing mode and if a programing is not succeed-

ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-

graming mode will be abort.

HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating HomeLink®

Erasing HomeLink® buttons

NVS® is a registered trademark and Z-NavTM is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A

OOS047095N
1. Press and release one of the HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continuously ON (Fixed Code Garage Door Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling Code Garage Door Opener)

OOS047098N
1. Press and hold the button (1) and (3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned continuously ON in orange for about 10 seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color changes to Green and flashes rapidly.
Release the buttons once the green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and (4) memories are all cleared.

i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

3-34

Two Way Communication Programing 4. Once the garage door is stopped, Operating Two Way Communication

1. Complete the HomeLink "Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink button is pressed after the programming, the following steps

press and release the "Learn" or "Smart" button on the Garage door opener within 1 minute from the time of pressing the programed HomeLink button on mirror.

MUST occur to program two way communication. (only for some

older garage doors)

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047099N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3) button.

OOS047099N
3. Press and release the programed HomeLink button to activate the garage door.

OOS047411N
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds, the two way synchronization is completed.
i Information
Some newer garage door openers provide two-way communication synchronizing when programming the original transmitter (OT).

OOS047412N

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange, it indicates that the garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the garage door is "Opened".
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn to Green, it indicates that the last status of garage door was not received properly. The HomeLink mirror tries to receive the last known status of the garage door for a few seconds.

Recalling Garage Door Status
Homelink mirror with two way communication provides a way to view the last stored message from the garage door opener. In order to recall the last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
· If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "closed" properly.
· If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the last activated device was "open" properly.
i Information
Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener, such as houses or trees.

Side View Mirrors
OTL045018
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.

3-36

Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

Blind Spot Mirror (if equipped)

The blind spot mirror is equipped on the driver's left side view mirror.
WARNING

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

· Always check the road condi-

Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

tion while driving for unexpected situations even though

the vehicle is equipped with a

blind spot mirror.

· The blind spot mirror is a

device made for convenience.

CAUTION

OTLA045311

Do not solely rely on the mirror but always pay attention to

· Do not scrape ice off the mir-

traffic around you.

ror face; this may damage the

surface of the glass.

NOTICE

· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved de-icer spray. (Do not use radiator

Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.

anti-freeze.) Wipe the mirror

using a sponge or soft cloth

with warm water. Or move the vehicle to a warm area and

OLF044478N

allow the ice to melt.

The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a

supplemental mirror that minimizes

the driver's blind spot zone by

expanding the field of view on the

rear side of the vehicle.

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

Side View Mirror Adjustment
OTLA045313
Adjusting the side view mirrors: 1. Move the lever (1) either to the L
(left side) or R (right side) to select the rearview mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirrors
OTL045019
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.

3-38

WINDOWS

(1) Driver's door power window switch

(2) Front passenger's door power window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window switch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window

(7) Power window lock switch

OTLA045023

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows. The power windows will operate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.

i Information
· In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.

Window opening and closing
OTL045024
To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop. To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window

To reset the power windows

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the sec-

If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

ond detent position (6) completely 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

lowers or lifts the window even when position.

the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate

properly after resetting, have the

system checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

OLF044032

WARNING
The automatic reverse feature

If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reverse fea-

ture, the automatic window reverse

will not operate.

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows. The automatic reverse feature may not operate.

Power window lock switch
OTLA045025
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: · The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window · Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.

WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional window operation by a child.
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

· After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

· The panoramic sunroof is made of glass, subject to break in case of an accident. Passengers without the appro-

WARNING

priate protection (e.g. seat belt, CRS, etc.) on may project out

· Never adjust the sunroof or

through the broken glass and may be seriously injured or

sunshade while driving. This

even result in death.

OTL045026
The ignition switch must be in the ON

could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.

· Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.

position before you can open or · Make sure heads, hands, arms

close the sunroof.

or any other body parts or

NOTICE

The sunroof can be operated for

objects are out of the way · Do not continue to move the

approximately 30 seconds after the

before operating the sunroof.

sunroof control lever after the

ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if the front doors are opened, the sunroof cannot be adjusted even within the 30 seconds period.

· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury.
· Do not leave the engine run-

sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
· Make sure the sunroof is closed

ning and the key in your vehi-

fully when leaving your vehicle.

i Information
· In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

cle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.

If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunshade

Sliding the Sunroof When the sunshade is closed

When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever backward, the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
i Information
Only the front glass of the panoramic sunroof opens and closes.

OTL045027
· To open the sunshade, pull the sunroof control lever backward (1) to the first detent position.
· To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed, push the sunroof control lever forward (2).

OTL045028
If you push the sunroof control lever backward past the first detent, the sunshade will slide all the way open and then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.

3-44

Tilting the Sunroof

Closing the Sunroof

Automatic reverse

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045029
When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunshade will slide open then the sunroof glass will tilt open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened If you push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunroof glass will tilt closed.

OTL045030
To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position.
To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position. The sunroof glass will close, then the sunshade will close automatically. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever either forward or backward momentarily.

ODH043039
If the sunroof senses any to an obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared.
WARNING
Small objects that can get caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will not detect the object and will not reverse direction.

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.

To Reset the Sunroof
OTL045031
The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: - The battery is discharged or dis-
connected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected - The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps: 1. Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade completely. 2. Release the control lever.

3. Push and hold the sunroof control lever forward (to close the sunshade) for about 10 seconds until the sunroof moves slightly, then release the control lever.
4. Push and hold the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Sunshade Open Glass Tilt Open Glass Slide Open Glass Slide Close Sunshade Close
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof system is reset.
i Information
· If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.
· For more details, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-46

EXTERIOR FEATURES Hood
Opening the hood

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLA045032
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

OTLE048033
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).

OTL045245
4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (1).
WARNING
· Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber. The rubber will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot.
· The stay rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
· All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed.
· Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.

WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. If the hood is not latched while the vehicle is moving, the chime will sound to warn the driver the hood is not fully latched. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed. Doing so could result in an accident. The hood could also fall and become damaged.

Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door 1. Turn off the engine.
2. Your vehicle is equipped with a lockable push-to-open fuel filler door. To unlock the fuel filler door, the vehicle must be unlocked. The vehicle may be unlocked by any of the following methods:
- Press the door unlock button on the remote key or the smart key
- Press the door unlock button on the driver's side door panel
- Pull the inside door handle on the driver's side door panel
i Information
If the driver's side door is locked, the push-to-open fuel filler door will remain locked and will not open when pressed.
Follow the procedure above to open the fuel filler door.

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information

If the fuel filler door does not open

because ice has formed around it, tap

lightly or push on the door to break

the ice and release the door. Do not

pry on the door. If necessary, spray

around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator anti-

freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm

place and allow the ice to melt.

OTLE048031
3. To open the fuel filler door, press the center edge of the fuel filler door.

OTLE048035
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
6. Place the fuel cap on the hook on the inside of the fuel filler door.

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station. · Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station. · Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.

· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.
· Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.

· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.
· Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
· When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

· Do not use matches or a

· Always check that the fuel cap

NOTICE

lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.

is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.

· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.

i Information

· If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuine

Make sure to refuel your vehicle HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent

· If a fire breaks out during refu- according to the "Fuel Requirements" specified for your vehicle. An

eling, leave the vicinity of the suggested in the Introduction chapter. incorrect fuel filler cap can

vehicle, and immediately con-

result in a serious malfunction

tact the manager of the gas

of the fuel system or emission

station and then contact the

control system.

local fire department. Follow

any safety instructions they

provide.

· If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes or

skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before completely removing the cap.

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE Non-Powered liftgate
Opening the liftgate

i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the liftgate

WARNING

The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

OTLE048036
· The liftgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key, transmitter, smart key or central door lock switch.
· If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and pulling up on the handle.
· Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed for about 1 second, or the liftgate handle button is pressed when the smart key is detected.

NOTICE
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.

OTLE048037
To close the liftgate, lower and push down the liftgate firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the liftgate.

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the liftgate latch and striker while closing the liftgate. It may damage the liftgate's latch.
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.

WARNING

Emergency liftgate safety release

OHYK047009
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the liftgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident.

OTLE048038
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
· For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in this vehicle and how to open the liftgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compartment.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.

Power liftgate (if equipped) Power liftgate button

Before using the power liftgate, make sure the power liftgate option is selected in the User Setting Modes in the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

WARNING

OTLE048039
The power liftgate operates when:
· The power liftgate button is pressed with the engine off.
If you want to operate with the Smart key liftgate unlock button, you can only ignition switch is OFF position.
· The power liftgate button is pressed when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the automatic shift lever in P (Park).

Never leave children unattended in your vehicle. Children might operate the power liftgate. Doing so could result in injury to themselves or others, and could damage the vehicle.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before operating the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is opened fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo or passengers from the vehicle.

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE

Opening the liftgate

Do not close or open the power liftgate manually. This may cause

The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following:

damage to the power liftgate. If it

is necessary to close or open the

power liftgate manually when the

battery is discharged or disconnected, do not apply excessive

force.

NOTICE
For emergency stop while operating, press any one of the Power liftgate button, Power liftgate handle switch, Power liftgate inner button or Smart key liftgate unlock button shortly.
When the liftgate is restarted in the emergency stop state, it may be different from the direction of operation before stopping.

OTL048644N
Smart key liftgate unlock button Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key.

OTLE048040
Power liftgate handle switch
Press the liftgate outside handle switch while having the smart key with you.

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the liftgate The power liftgate will close automatically by doing one of the following:

OTLE048039
Power liftgate button Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second.

OTL048644N
Smart key liftgate unlock button
Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.

OTLE048041
Power liftgate inner button
Press the power liftgate inner button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power liftgate non-opening conditions

CAUTION

The power liftgate does not open when the vehicle is in motion.

Operating the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously

WARNING

could cause damage to the operating motor. In this case, the

The chime will sound if you

power liftgate system enters into thermal protection mode to pre-

drive with the liftgate opened.

vent the motor from overheating.

OTLE048039
Power liftgate button
Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.

Stop your vehicle immediately at a safe place and check if your liftgate is opened.

In thermal protection mode the power liftgate will not operate. If any of the power liftgate buttons are pressed to try to open the liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times but the liftgate will remain closed.
Allow the power liftgate system to cool for about 1 minute before operating the system again.

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running. However, the power liftgate operation consumes a large amount of electic power.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not operate it excessively (e.g. more than 5 times repeatedly).
· To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.
· Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.
· In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

Automatic reversal
OTLE048042
During power opening and closing if the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power liftgate will detect the resistance. If resistance is detected while opening or closing the power liftgate, the liftgate will stop and move in the opposite direction.

However, in some instances the automatic reversal system may not detect the object if it is too soft or is very thin, or if the liftgate is almost fully closed near the latched position. Caution should be taken to prevent any objects from obstructing the liftgate opeining.
If the automatic reversal feature operates more than 2 times while attempting to open or close the liftgate, the power liftgate may stop at that position. If this occurs, carefully close the liftgate manually, and then try to operate the power liftgate automatically again.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate to make sure the automatic reversal operates.

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

CAUTION

How to reset the power liftgate Power liftgate opening height If the battery has been discharged or user setting

Do not put heavy objects on the power liftgate before you operate the power liftgate feature. Additional weight may damage

disconnected, or if the power liftgate fuse has been replaced or removed, reset the power liftgate by performing the following procedure:

the operation of the system.

1. Put the shift lever in park (P). 2. Press the power liftgate inner but-

ton and the power liftgate outer

handle button simultaneously for

more than 3 seconds. The chime

will sound.

3. Close the liftgate manually.

If the power liftgate does not work properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTLE048041
Follow the instructions below to set the fully open height of the power liftgate:

NOTICE

1. Position the liftgate manually to the height you prefer.

When operating the power liftgate, the gear shift lever must be in the (P) park position in order to operate normally.

2. Press the power liftgate inner button for more than 3 seconds.
3. Close the liftgate manually after hearing the buzzer sound.

The liftgate will open to the manually adjusted height that was set.

3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.

Emergency liftgate safety release
OTLE048038
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever to the right. 3. Push the liftgate outward and
upward.

3-60

Smart Liftgate (if equipped)

How to use the Smart Liftgate

i Information

The hands-free smart liftgate system can be opened automatically when the following conditions are met:

· The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate when:

· The Smart Liftgate option is enabled in the User Settings in the

- Any door is open, or all doors are closed but not locked

cluster LCD display
· The Smart Liftgate is activated and ready 15 seconds after all the

- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds from when the doors 3
were closed and locked

doors are closed and locked

- For vehicles equipped with illumi-

OTLE048043
On vehicles equipped with a smart

· The Smart Liftgate will open when the smart key is detected in the area behind the vehicle for 3 seconds

nated exterior front door handles, if the smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked or if the smart key is within 60 inches (1.5

key, the liftgate can be opened with

m) from the front door handles

hands-free activation using the Smart Liftgate system.

- The smart key is in the vehicle.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

1. Setting To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to User Settings Mode and select Smart Liftgate on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, move away from the area behind the vehicle with the smart key. The liftgate will remain closed.

OTLE048045
2. Detect and Alert
The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
· Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.

How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function using the smart key

· Make sure there are no people

or objects around the liftgate

before opening or closing the

liftgate.

OTLE048044
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound several times and then the liftgate will slowly open.

· Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the liftgate, especially if the vehicle is parked on a grade or incline.
· If you keep your vehicle parked and locked on your driveway, you may want to temporarily deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. Otherwise, standing at the rear of the vehicle with the smart key may cause the liftgate to open unintentionally.
· The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Liftgate while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.

OLF044006
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic
If you press any button on the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function for emergency situations.

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
· If you press the door unlock button (2), the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated temporarily. But, if you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate function will be activated again.
· If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens.
· The Smart Liftgate function will still be activated if you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) on the smart key as long as the Smart Liftgate is not already in the Detect and Alert stage.
· In case you have deactivated the Smart Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.

Detecting area

20~40 inch

OTLE048046
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.
· The alert stops once the smart key is moved outside of the detecting area within the 3 second period.

i Information
· The Smart Liftgate function may not operate properly if any of the following instances occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area may change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline or slope
- One side of the vehicle is raised or lowered relative to the opposite side

3-64

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A
Type B

3
1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display (including Trip computer) The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OTL048600N/OTL048640N
3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster illumination

WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. Doing so could lead to driver distraction which may cause an accident and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.

OTLE048070
When the vehicle's parking lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.

OTL045150L
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.

3-66

Convenient features of your vehicle

Gauges and Meters Speedometer

Tachometer

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

OTLE045103
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).

OTLE047107
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

OTL045107
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch in the ON position.

NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
3-68

Fuel Gauge
OTL045106
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Odometer

Range

i Information

Type A

Type B

· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.

· The range may differ from the
actual driving distance as it is only 3
an estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions.

OAD048551N/OAD048552N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

OPDE046138R
· The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
· If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "---" as range.

· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

Outside temperature gauge

Type A

Type B

The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.
To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F:
- Go to User Settings Mode Other Features Temperature Unit.
- Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds while pressing the OFF button. (Automatic climate control system)

Icy Road Warning Light

Type A

Type B

OAD048555N/OAD048556N
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F (-40°C ~ 60°C)

Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.

OTLE045132/OTLE045133
This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur, the warning light (including Outside Temperature Gauge) blinks 10 times and then illuminates, and also warning chime sounds 3 times.
- The temperature on the Outside Temperature Gauge is below approximately 39°F (4°C).

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.

Automatic transmission shift indicator (If equipped)

Type A

Type B

Type A

Type B

OTL045132/OTL045133
This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is selected. · Park : P · Reverse : R · Neutral : N · Drive : D · Manual Shift Mode
- 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

OTL045134/OTL045135
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up displays the current gear position selected for 2 seconds (P/R/N/D).

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

Warning and Indicator Lights
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Supplemental Restraint System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the SRS. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more details, refer to the "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds. - It remains on if the parking brake
is applied. · When the parking brake is applied. · When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.

3-72

If the brake fluid level in the reser- Dual-diagonal braking system

voir is low:

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

WARNING

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check

diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys-

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

the brake fluid level immediately tems should fail.

Driving the vehicle with a warn-

and add fluid as required (For With only one of the dual systems more details, refer to "Brake working, more than normal pedal

ing light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding travel and greater pedal pressure is Warning Light illuminates with

brake fluid, check all brake com- required to stop the vehicle.

the parking brake released, it

ponents for fluid leaks. If a brake Also, the vehicle will not stop in as fluid leak is found, or if the warning short a distance with only a portion

indicates that the brake fluid level is low.

light remains on, or if the brakes of the brake system working.

In this case, have your vehicle

do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system).
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-74

i Information - Electronic
Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

Electronic Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake This warning light illuminates:

This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or

Fluid Warning Lights are on, the · When you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON

speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning

the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

position.

- It remains on until the engine is

Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.

- It remains on until the engine is

started.

· When there is a malfunction with

In this case, have your vehicle inspect- · When there is a malfunction with ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. the EPS.

the emission control system. If this occurs, have your vehicle

If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI dealer.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light

EPB

This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).

Charging System Warning Light
If this warning light comes on while the engine is running, the battery is not being charged. Immediately turn off all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running; starting the engine will quickly discharge the battery.
If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure

NOTICE

Low Fuel Level

Warning Light

Warning Light · If the engine is not turned OFF

immediately after the Engine Oil

This warning light illuminates:

Pressure Warning Light is illumi- This warning light illuminates:

· When you set the ignition switch or nated, severe damage could · When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

the Engine Start/Stop button to the result.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

ON position.

· If the warning light stays on

- It remains on until the engine is while the engine is running, it NOTICE

started. · When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.

indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is

Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

low, fill the engine oil to the

engine oil level (For more details,

proper level.

refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required.

3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, the

If the warning light remains on after

engine odd immediately and

adding oil and restarting the engine

have the vehicle towed to an

or if oil is not available, turn off the

authorized HYUNDAI dealer

engine. There is a mechanical con-

for inspection.

cern that needs to be repaired

before you can continue driving. In

this case, have your vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-

er.

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle

Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when there is a malfunction in any of the following systems: - LED Headlamp - Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
System - Blind Spot Collision Warning
System - Smart Cruise Control System - Headlamp/Tail lamp Bulb - High Beam Assist - Tire Pressure Monitoring System When this occurs, in order to identify the details of the warning in your vehicle, refer to the message in the cluster LCD display. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated (The location of each underinflated tire is displayed on the LCD display).
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:
When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning Light (if equipped)

Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) System Warning Light (if equipped)

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System Indicator Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

This indicator light illuminates:

· When you set the ignition switch or This warning light illuminates:

· [Green] When the system operat-

Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3

· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

ing conditions are satisfied.
· [White] The system operating conditions are not satisfied.

seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with

- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.

· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist

the AWD system.

· When there is a malfunction with system.

If this occurs, have your vehicle the FCA.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect- inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Forward For more details, refer to "Lane

Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in

system" in chapter 5.

chapter 5.

3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. · When there is a malfunction with the LED headlight. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This warning light blinks: When there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light

Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key) (if equipped)

Immobilizer Indicator Light (With Smart Key) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:

· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

· When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position.

When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON

- It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the position.

seconds and then goes off.

engine.

- At this time, you can start the

· When you deactivate the ESC sys- - The indicator light goes off after engine.

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

starting the engine.

ton.

This indicator light blinks:

- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.

For more details, refer to · When there is a malfunction with

"Electronic Stability (ESC)" in chapter 5.

Control

the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle.

- At this time, you cannot start the engine.

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
· When the battery voltage of the smart key is low.
- At this time, you can not start the engine. However, you can start the engine if you press the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more details, refer to "Starting the Engine" in chapter 5).
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal Indicator Light
This indicator light blinks: · When you operate the turn signal
indicator.
If any of the following occurs, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all
If either of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

High Beam Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position. · When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

Light ON Indicator Light

High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)

AUTO HOLD Indicator Light

AUTO HOLD

This indicator light illuminates:

· When the tail lights or headlights This indicator light illuminates :

This indicator light illuminates:

are on.

· When the high-beam is on with the · [White] When you activate the Auto

Front Fog Indicator Light (if equipped)

light switch in the AUTO light position.

Hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.

· If your vehicle detects oncoming or · [Green] When you stop the vehicle preceding vehicles, the High Beam completely by depressing the

Assist (HBA) system will switch the brake pedal with the Auto Hold

This indicator light illuminates:

high beam to low beam automati- system activated.

· When the front fog lights are on.

cally.

· [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

For more details, refer to "High tion with the Auto Hold system.

Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this If this occurs, have your vehicle

chapter.

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Auto Hold" in chapter 5.

3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When you select AWD Lock mode by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to the rear wheels for increased traction on wet pavement, snow covered roads or when driving off road.
CAUTION
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use the AWD lock mode on dry paved roads. Doing so can cause abnormal noise or vibration, and may damage the AWD system.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. · When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks: · When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow: · When there is a malfunction with
the DBC system. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Downhill Brake Control (DBC) System" in chapter 5.

LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

Shift to P (for smart key system)

Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system)

Key not detected (for smart key system)

This message is displayed if you try This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if

to turn off the engine without the shift the Engine Start/Stop button the smart key is not detected when

lever in P (Park) position.

changes to the ACC position twice you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop by pressing the button repeatedly ton.

button turns to the ACC position (If without depressing the brake pedal. you press the Engine Start/Stop but- You can start the vehicle by depress- Key not in vehicle

ton once more, it will turn to the ON position).

ing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.

(for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not in the vehicle

Press START button again

Press START button with key

when you press the Engine Start/

(for smart key system)

Stop button.

This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.

This warning message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed.

When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.

If this occurs, attempt to start the At this time, the immobilizer indicator engine by pressing the Engine light blinks. Start/Stop button again.

If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low Key Battery (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the OFF position.

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

Door / Hood / liftgate open indi- Sunroof open indicator

cator

(if equipped)

Lights Mode

OTLE048606
This warning message is displayed indicating which door, or the hood, or the liftgate is open.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

OTLE048607
This warning message is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open.

OIK047145L
This indicator displays the exterior lights mode when selected using the headlamp control stalk.
To enable or disable this feature in the cluster LCD display, go to 'User Settings Convenience Wiper/ Lights Display'.

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

Wiper
Front

Rear

Heated Steering Wheel turned off

Turn FUSE SWITCH on

This message illuminates if the heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.
3
For more details, refer to "Heated Steering Wheel" in this chapter.

OIK047146L/OTMA048119
This indicator displays the windshield wiper mode when selected using the windshield wiper stalk.
To enable or disable this feature in the cluster LCD display, go to 'User Settings Convenience Wiper/ Lights Display'.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the vehicle. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

OIK057135L
This warning message is displayed if the fuse switch is in the OFF position. If this message is displayed, turn the fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7.

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Pressure
OTLE048608
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated. For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed on the service reminder mode if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
If this warning message is displayed, have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the vehicle range is approximately 30 miles (50 km).
When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine overheated
This warning message is displayed with a warning chime when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6.

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check headlight

Check High Beam Assist (HBA) Check Forward Collision

This warning message is displayed if system (if equipped)

Avoidance Assist system

the headlights are not operating This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if

properly. A headlight bulb may need there is a problem with the High there is a problem with the Forward

to be replaced.

Beam Assist (HBA) system. Have the Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

vehicle inspected by an authorized system. Have the vehicle inspected

i Information

HYUNDAI dealer.

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3

Make sure to replace the burned out For more details, refer to "High For more details, refer to "Forward

bulb with a new one of the same Beam Assist (HBA) system" in Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

wattage rating.

chapter 3.

system" in chapter 5.

Check headlight LED
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)" System in chapter 5.

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check Smart Cruise Control System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart Cruise Control system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in chapter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.

3-90

LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B, [C] : Type C

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changing

(2)

modes , : MOVE switch for

changing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

OTLE048112/OTLE048603

3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Modes

Modes

Symbol

Trip Computer

Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. For details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)
Assist
User Settings

This mode displays the state of the navigation.
The Driver Assist mode displays the status of the following features: - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system - Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels - Tire pressure For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)", "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system", "All Wheel Drive (AWD)" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
The User Settings mode provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Master Warning

The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

Trip Computer Mode

Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode

Assist mode

OIK047124N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including range, fuel economy, trip meter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

OIK047147N
This mode displays the state of the navigation.

OTLE058213R
SCC/LKA/DAW
This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each system information in chapter 5.

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE048605
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

OTM048127L
Driving force distribution (AWD)
This mode displays an image of the torque distribution to each wheel while driving. The display shows when the real time all-wheel drive system is active.
If the AWD lock button is selected, this mode is not displayed.
For more details, refer to the "All Wheel Drive" in the chapter 5.

Master warning mode
This warning light illuminates when there is a malfunction in any of the following systems:
- LED Headlamp
- Forward Collision Avoidance Assist System
- Blind Spot Collision Warning System
- Smart Cruise Control System
- Headlamp/Tail lamp Bulb
- High Beam Assist
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-94

Convenient features of your vehicle

User settings mode

Quick guide help

In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc.

This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode.

1. Driver Assistance 2. Door

Select an item, press and hold the OK button.

3. Lights 4. Sound

For more details, about each sys- 3
tem, refer to this Owner's Manual.

5. Convenience

6. Service interval
7. Other
8. Language
9. Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

1. Driver Assistance

Items SCC Reaction Driver Attention Warning Lane Safety

Explanation
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. - Fast / Normal / Slow
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning. - Off / Normal / Early
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function. - Active LKA / Lane Keeping Assist / Lane Departure Warning
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Forward Collision Warning Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning

To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system. For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5. To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system. - Early / Normal / Late
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5. To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound

To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound. For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Door
Auto Lock

Items

Auto Unlock

Two Press Unlock Horn Feedback

Explanation

· Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3

mph (15 km/h).

· Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)

position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is run-

ning)

· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). · Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) · On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running)

· Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
· On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Power Liftgate

Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.

Smart Liftgate

To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Lights

Items One Touch Turn Signal Headlight Delay

Explanation

· Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.

For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.

For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

4. Sound

Items

Parking Distance Warning Volume

Welcome Sound

Explanation To adjust the Parking Distance Warning volume. - Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

5. Convenience

Welcome light

Items

Wireless Charging System

Wiper/Lights Display

Explanation To activate or deactivate the welcome mirror and welcome light function.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat. For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.

Auto Rear Wiper (in R)

To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.

Gear Position Pop-up

To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.

Icy Road Warning

To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Service interval
Items Service Interval

Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval

If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3

i Information

To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

7. Other

Items

Fuel Econ. Reset

Fuel Econ. Unit

Temperature Unit

Tire Pressure Unit

8. Language

Items

Explanation · Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. · After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically. · After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
· US gallon / UK gallon To select the fuel economy unit.
· °C / °F To select the temperature unit.
· psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit.
Explanation

Language

To select language.

9. Reset

Items

Explanation

Reset

You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-102

TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
i Information
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.

Trip modes
Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy · Instant Fuel Economy
Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer

Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer

Digital Speedometer

3
OTLE048112
OTLE048603 [A] : Type A, [B] : Type B, [C] : Type C
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy
OIK047124N
Average Fuel Economy (1) · The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. · The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.

Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between "After Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
- After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)
· The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accumulated Info display

The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Drive Info display

i Information

The vehicle must be driven for a min-

imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the last ignition key cycle before the

average fuel economy will be recalcu-

lated.

OIK047174N

OIK047176N

This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Digital speedometer

i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

OIK047151N
This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

3-106

LIGHT
Exterior Lights
Lighting control To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:

Type A

Type B

Daytime running light (DRL) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedi- 3
cated lamp OFF when : · The headlamps are ON. OTL045316C · The parking lamps are ON. · The vehicle is turned off. · The parking brake is engaged.

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047404N
(1) OFF position (2) AUTO headlamp position (3) Parking lamp position (4) Headlamp position

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL048615
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle.

NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.

OTL045253C
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

3-108

High beam operation

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045317C
Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.

OTL045255C
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

OTL045254C
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

WARNING

Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
OTL048641
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.

Operating condition
1. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) indicator will illuminate.
3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
· If the headlamp switch is pushed away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.

· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the high beam switches to

WARNING

low beam if any of the following conditions occur :
- When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.

The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur:

1) When the illumination from

an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such

- When the headlamp or tail lamp of

examples may include:

a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.

OIK047132N
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate.

· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water.
· When the headlamps on an on-coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON.
2) When the High Beam Assist

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA) Take your vehicle to an authorized

camera is adversely affected

is off.

HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-

by an external condition.

- When vehicle speed is below 15 tem checked. mph (24 km/h).

Such examples may include: · When the vehicle's head-

lamps have been damaged or

not repaired properly.

· When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly.

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

· When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road.
· When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road.
· When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
· When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror.
· When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
· When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
· When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
· When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates.
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

· When the front window is covered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include:
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.).
· When the windshield visibility is poor.

WARNING
· Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system.

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

· Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
· At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road condi-

Turn signals and lane change signals

One touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The turn signal indicators will blink 3, 5, or 7 times, depending on the User Settings on the LCD display.
You can activate or deactivate the 3
One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.

tions for your safety.
· When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.

OTL045257C
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever

For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

slightly and hold it in position (B). The

lever will return to the original posi-

tion when released or when the turn

is completed.

If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

3-113

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front fog lamp (if equipped)
OTL047258
Fog lamps are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. Use the switch next to the headlamp switch to turn the fog lamps ON and OFF. 1. Turn on the parking lamp. 2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front
fog lamp position. 3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn
the headlamp switch to the front fog lamp position again or turn off the parking lamp.

NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lamps consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lamps when visibility is poor.

Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the key is removed (remote key) or when the driver turns the engine off (smart key) and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the engine is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp delay function

You can activate or deactivate the Welcome System (if equipped)

If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the

Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.

Welcome light

headlamps ON, the headlamps For more details, refer to the "LCD

(and/or parking lamps) remain on for Display" section in this chapter.

about 5 minutes. However, if the dri-

ver's door is opened and closed, the NOTICE

headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position.

If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except driver's door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the headlamp switch before getting out of the vehicle.

OTL048076N
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the door handle lamp will come on for about 15 sec-

However, if you turn the light switch

onds if any of the below is performed.

to the AUTO position when it is dark outside, the headlamps will not be turned off.

· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.

· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.

· When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession.

3-115

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp and Parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds when the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and tailgate) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the remote key or smart key the room lamp will turn off immediately.

Interior Lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark.The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is turned off or the battery will discharge.

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

Front lamps
Type A

Type B

Front Map lamp
· Press the map lamp cover (1) to turn ON the map lamp. Re-press the map lamp cover to turn OFF the map lamp.

Front Room Lamp

(Type A) Press the button to turn ON the map lamp for the front/rear seats.

OTL047079L

(Type B) Press the button to turn ON the map lamp for the front/rear seats. Re-press the button to turn OFF the map lamp.

(Type A) Press the button to turn OFF the map lamp for the front/rear seats.

(1) Front Map Lamp (2) Front Room Lamp (3) Front Door Lamp

OTL045080

3-117

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front Door Lamp

Rear lamps
Type A

The map lamp for the front/rear seats is automatically turned ON for approximately 30 seconds, when a door is opened.
The map lamp for the front/rear seats is automatically turned ON for approximately 15 seconds, when the remote key (smart key) unlocks the doors. The map lamp fades out, when the ignition switch is pressed to the ON position in 15 seconds. The map lamp remains ON up to 20 minutes, when a door is opened with the ignition switch in the either the ACC or OFF position.

Type B

NOTICE Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the engine is turned off.
OTL045081

3-118

OTL045082

Rear Room Lamp (

) :

Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

Liftgate room lamp

Glove box lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE048083
The liftgate room lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.
NOTICE
The liftgate lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the liftgate securely after using the liftgate.

OTLE048084
The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened. If the glove box is not closed, the lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
NOTICE
To prevent possible battery discharge, securely close the glove box after use.

OTL045085

The vanity mirror lamp is located in

the headliner just behind the sun

visor. Push the switch to turn the van-

ity light on or off.

: The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.

: The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

3-119

Convenient features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front windshield wiper/washer

A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe · LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed

Rear window wiper/washer

B : Intermittent control wipe time

OTLE045161

adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)

D : Rear wiper/washer control · HI High wiper speed · LO Low wiper speed · OFF Off

OTLA045318

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)
* : if equipped

Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever.
AUTO : A rain sensor located near the top of the windshield detects moisture accumulation and controls the wiping cycle automatically. This mode is designed to operate the wiper at an appropriate speed depending on the amount of rainfall. The sensitivity can be varied by turning the adjustment control (B) located on the wiper stalk.
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

3-120

i Information

AUTO - Automatic Wiper Control (if equipped)

WARNING

If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

A rain sensor located near the top of the windshield detects moisture accumulation and controls the wiping cycle automatically. This mode is designed to operate the wiper at an appropriate speed depending on the amount of rainfall. The sensitivity can be varied by turning the adjustment control (B) located on the wiper stalk.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the wiper will oper-

To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
· Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
· Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth.

ate once to perform a self-check of · Do not put pressure on the

the system. Set the wiper control to

windshield glass.

the OFF position when the wind-

shield wipers are not required.

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-121

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
· Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
· Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.

Front Windshield Washers
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.

WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

3-122

NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer Switch

· To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do not

operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry.

Convenient features of your vehicle

· To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI High wiper speed
LO Low wiper speed
OFF Off

OTLE045166
Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
Automatic Rear Wiper Operation
A useful feature of your vehicle is the Auto Rear Wiper Operation. When the front windshield wipers are operating, and when the vehicle is shifted into reverse (R), the rear wiper will come ON automatically and continue to operate until the vehicle is shifted out of reverse (R).

To enable or disable this feature in the cluster LCD display, go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-123

Convenient features of your vehicle

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM Rear View Monitor

This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the multimedia screen while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.

OTLE048052

WARNING
The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.

WARNING
· Never rely solely on the Rear view monitor when backingup.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.

NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

OTLE048333Q
The Rear View Monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

Surround View Monitor (if equipped)

The system is activated when:
· The engine is ON
· The shift lever is in D (Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)

· A warning appears on the system when:
- The liftgate is opened
- The driver's door is opened

· Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 - The passenger's door is opened

km/h)

- The outer side view mirror is fold-

The system is deactivated when:

· If the system is not operating nor-

· You press the button (1) again · Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15

mally, the system should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

km/h)

For more details, refer to the sep-

arately supplied manual with your

OTLE048616 i Information

vehicle.

The Surround View Monitor system can assist in parking by allowing the driver to see around the vehicle.
Push the button (1, indicator ON) to operate the system. To cancel the system, push the button again (1, indicator OFF).

· When vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h), the system will turn off. The system will not automatically turn on again, even though vehicle speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h). Push the button (1, indicator ON) again, to turn on the system.

· When the vehicle is backing up, the system will turn ON regardless of vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) when driving forward, the SVM system will turn off.

3-125

Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
(1) Front camera (2) Left/Right cam-
era (3) Rear camera
ODH047435
The Surround View Monitor only serves to assist the driver in parking. ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle.
NOTICE Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
3-126

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Type A

Type B

3
1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Mode selection buttons 4. Front windshield defroster button 5. Rear window defroster button 6. Air intake control (recirc) button 7. A/C (Air conditioning) button* 8. Air intake control (fresh) button * : if equipped

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045207/OTL045207R-1
3-127

Convenient features of your vehicle

Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

When starting the vehicle in cold weather a more efficient way to heat the passenger compartment is to do the following.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
- Engine temperature is still low and the air flow from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.

3-128

* : if equipped

OTLE048173

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mode selection
Type A
Type B

Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face,

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F)

Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and

Front Defrost air position

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield, with a small

amount directed to the side window

Face-Level (B, D, F)

defrosters, and side vents.

OTL045208

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Front Air Defrost (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield, with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically.

OTL045208R-1
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount directed to the windshield, side window defrosters, and side vents.

3-129

Convenient features of your vehicle

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Instrument panel vents
Front

Front
The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. To close the vent completely, move the vent control lever all the way to the left. You will hear a click.

OTL045209
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically.

Rear (if equipped)

OTLE048086

Rear
The outlet vents can be opened ( ) or closed ( ) separately using the thumbwheel.

3-130

OTLE048087
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.

Temperature control

Air intake control
Type A

OTL045210
The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right.
The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.

Type B

Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heated system and heated or
cooled according to the 3
function selected.

OTL045211

Outside (fresh) air position

Type A Type B

With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTL045211R
This button is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.

3-131

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position (without the air conditioning selected) may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious injury or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

Fan speed control
OTL045212
Turn the knob to the right to increase the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow. Setting the fan speed control knob to the "0" position turns off the fan.

3-132

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped)

System Operation

Operation Tips

Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the con-

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

trol to the fresh air position when
the dust or odor has dissipated. 3

4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.

· To prevent the inside of the wind-

OTL045213
Press the A/C button to turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.

Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position. 3. Set the temperature control to the

shield from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost

mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

3-133

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the engine. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Select the Face Level mode. 4. Set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. However, prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air. In this case, switch the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. The indicator light on the button will turn OFF. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort. When maximum cooling is desired, rotate the temperature control knob to the left-most position (MAX AC). Then set the fan speed control knob to the highest speed.
3-134

NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.

Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate the air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection button to the position and set the fan speed control knob to the lowest speed setting.

Convenient features of your vehicle

System Maintenance Climate control air filter

Have the climate control air filter Checking the amount of air

replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI conditioner refrigerant and

dealer according to the maintenance compressor lubricant

schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent climate control filter inspections and changes are required.

When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
This filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.

NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

3-135

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable and operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

Example

OTLE088009
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located on the underside of the hood.

OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to service air conditioning system

3-136

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Type A
Type B

1. Driver's temperature control knob

2. Passenger's temperature control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. SYNC button

5. OFF button

6. Fan speed control button

7. Mode selection button

8. Air conditioning button

9. Front windshield defrost button

10. Rear window defrost button

11. Air intake control (recirc) button

12. Climate control information screen

13. Air intake control (fresh) button

OTLE045267R/OTLE045266R
3-137

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning
OTL045215
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature. 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.

OTL045216
2. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously.

To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73°F (23°C).

3-138

Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual Heating and Air Conditioning

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

The heating and cooling system can 4. Set the air intake control to the

be controlled manually by pushing

outside (fresh) air position.

buttons other than the AUTO button. 5. Set the fan speed control to the

In this case, the system works desired speed.

sequentially according to the order of 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

buttons selected.

the air conditioning system on.

NOTICE

OTLE048246

When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.
When starting the vehicle in cold weather using manual temperature

A solar compensation sensor is 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- control, operate the system in the fol-

located inside the vehicle on the

tion.

lowing method to improve heating.

center of the dash near the front windshield. In order to ensure optimum control of the heating and cooling system, never block the sensor or place anything near the sensor while the climate control system is operating.

To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:

- Turn off or lower the blower, right after starting the engine.
- Allow the engine to warm up during this time since the air flow from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm up, turn on or set the fan to a high-

er level and adjust the temperature

setting to hot.

3-139

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mode selection
Type A

* : if equipped 3-140

Type B

OTL045291R

OTLE048173
OTLE045217R
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.

Convenient features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E, F)

Type A

Face-Level (B, D, F)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield, with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters, and side vents.

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount directed to the windshield, side window defrosters, and side vents.

Type B

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

3
OTLE045218R

OTLE045263R
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield, with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

3-141

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents
Front

Front
The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. To close the vent completely, move the vent control lever all the way to the left. You will hear a click.

Temperature control

Driver's side

Passenger's side

Rear (if equipped)

OTLE048086

Rear
The outlet vents can be opened ( ) or closed ( ) separately using the thumbwheel.

OTL045219
Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease the temperature.
The temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.

OTLE048087
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.

3-142

Convenient features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.

Air intake control
Type A

Temperature conversion

OTL045220
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally
· Press the "SYNC" button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.
To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F:
- On the instrument cluster, go to User Settings Other Temperature Unit.
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.

Type B

OTLE045283R

· Turn the left temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.

The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.

OTLE045256R

This button is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.

3-143

Convenient features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

Type A Type B

With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

3-144

Fan speed control
Type A

i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.

Air conditioning
Type A

Type B

OTLE045284R

Type B

OTLE045286R

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE045222R
The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.

OTLE045223R
Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
3-145

Convenient features of your vehicle

OFF mode
Type A

Type B

OTLE045285R

OTLE045224R
Push the OFF button to turn the air climate control system off.
You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position. 3-146

System Operation
Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

Heating

1. Select the Floor Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost

mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the control to the fresh air position when the dust or odor has dissipated. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning

NOTICE

Air conditioning system operation

Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. However, prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air. In this case, switch the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.

When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.

tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air

5. Adjust the fan speed control and

conditioning system with the win-

temperature control to maintain

dows and sunroof closed.

maximum comfort.

· Use the air conditioning system

When maximum cooling is desired,

every month for a few minutes to

rotate the temperature control knob

ensure maximum system perform-

until the temperature display indi-

ance.

cates Lo. Then set the fan speed

control button to the highest speed.

3-147

Convenient features of your vehicle

· If you operate the air conditioner

excessively, the difference

between the temperature of the

outside air and that of the wind-

shield could cause the outer sur-

face of the windshield to fog up,

causing loss of visibility. In this

case, toggle the mode selection

button to the

position and set

the fan speed control knob to the

lowest speed setting.

System Maintenance Climate control air filter
OIK047401L [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
This filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system. Have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent climate control air filter inspections and changes are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

3-148

Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING

Example

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Since the refrigerant is

mildly flammable and

operated at high pres-

sure, the air conditioning system should only

be serviced by trained

and certified techni-

cians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individu-

OTLE088009
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located on the underside of the hood.

OHYK059001
Each symbols and specification on the air conditioning refrigerant label is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant

als and environment. Failure to

3. Classification of compressor lubri-

heed these warnings can lead to

cant

serious injuries.

4. Caution

5. Flammable refrigerant

6. To require registered technician to service air conditioning system

3-149

Convenient features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING

Outside Windshield Moisture

Note that if you operate the air

conditioner to cool your vehicle

with the mode set to

when the outside relative

humidity is high, moisture may

collect on the outer surface of

the windshield glass causing

the windshield to fog up on the

outside and limit your visibility.

If this occurs, use the windshield wipers to clear the glass. In addition, change the mode selection knob or button on the climate control system to the
mode to redirect cooling air away from the windshield.

· For maximum windshield defrosting, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting and the fan control knob to the highest fan speed. Select the front defrost button on the climate control display. After the engine warm-up period, warm air will be directed to the front windshield.
· If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.

NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.

Manual Climate Control System To defog inside windshield
OTL045225R
1. Select any fan speed except "0" position.
2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

3-150

To defrost outside windshield

Automatic Climate Control System
To defog inside windshield

To defrost outside windshield

Convenient features of your vehicle

Type A

Type B

OTL045226R
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.

Type B
OTL045227
1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically. If the outside (fresh) air position is not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OTL045228
1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

3-151

Convenient features of your vehicle

Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system

Automatic climate control system

3-152

OTL045229C
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The indicator on the air intake button blinks 3 times in 0.5 second intervals. This indicates that the defogging logic is cancelled.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the defogging logic will be enabled as the default logic.

OTL045230
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The climate control information screen will blink 3 times in 0.5 second intervals. This indicates that the defogging logic is cancelled.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the defogging logic will be enabled as the default logic.

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto Defogging System (if equipped)

When the Auto Defogging To cancel or reset the

System operates, the indi- Auto Defogging System

cator will illuminate.

Press the front windshield defroster

button for 3 seconds when the igni-

If a high amount of humidity is tion switch is in the ON position.

detected in the vehicle, the Auto When the Auto Defogging System is

Defogging System will be enabled. canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will The following steps will be performed blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be

automatically:

displayed on the climate control

Step 1 : Outside air position

information screen.

Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning

When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.

Step 3 : Blowing air toward the wind-

OTLE048332

shield

Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture that accumulates on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.

Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward the windshield
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the "ADS OFF" symbol will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.

3-153

Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information
· When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
· To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
The rear window defroster is comprised of conductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window. Never use sharp instruments or window cleaners that contain abrasives to clean the window. Damage to the rear window defroster may result.
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.

Manual climate control system
OTL045308L Automatic climate control system

OTLA045327
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running.

3-154

· To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located on the climate control instrument panel display. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
· To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
i Information
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.

Heated Side View Mirrors If your vehicle is equipped with the heated side view mirrors, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
Front wiper deicer (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer, it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

3
3-155

Convenient features of your vehicle

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Cluster ionizer

Automatic Ventilation

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running and the outside temperature is below 59°F (15°C), the automatic ventilation feature will activate if the recirculated air intake position is selected for more than 5 minutes while A/C is off and floor mode is selected. In this condition the air intake position will automatically switch to the outside (fresh) air intake position.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation
When the sunroof is opened, outside (fresh) air will be automatically selected. At this time, if you press the air intake control button, recirculated air position will be selected but will change back to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.

To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and while pressing the A/C button, press the recirculated air position button five times within three seconds.

3-156

Convenient features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENT WARNING

Center Console Storage

Glove Box

Never store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

OTL046089
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.

OTLE048090
To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

3-157

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunglass Holder
Type A
Type B

To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out.
To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.
OTL045275

WARNING
· Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.
· Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
· Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

OTL045091

3-158

Convenient features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder
Front
Front

Rear
Rear

· Do not place uncovered or

unsecured cups, bottles,

cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while the

vehicle is in motion. Injuries

may result in the event of a

sudden stop or collision. · Only use soft cups in the cup

holders. Hard objects can

injure you in an accident.

OTLA045094
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.

OTLE045096
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.

WARNING
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.

3-159

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
· Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
· When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may damage the interior.

Sunvisor

NOTICE
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.

OTLA045097
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side towards the window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket holder (5 or 6) to hold tickets.

NOTICE
· Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.
· Avoid putting a plastic card such as a credit card in the ticket holder located in the outside of the sunvisor.This could cause damage to the plastic card.

3-160

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Outlet
Front
Rear (if equipped)

The accessory power outlet only · Adjust the air-conditioner or

works with the vehicle turned ON.

heater to the lowest operating

The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.

level when using the power outlet.

· Close the cover when not in use.

WARNING

· Some electronic devices can

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not

cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's

place your fingers or foreign

power outlet. These devices may

objects (pin, etc.) into a power

cause excessive audio static

outlet or touch the power outlet

and malfunctions in other elec-

with a wet hand.

tronic systems or devices used

OTLE048098

in your vehicle.

NOTICE

· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made,

To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :

the plug may overheat and the fuse may blow.

· Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.

· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

OTL045516
The accessory 12V power outlet can be used to plug in electrical equipment such as a mobile phone or other electronic device.

· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.

3-161

Convenient features of your vehicle

USB Charger (if equipped)
Rear
OTLE048618
The USB charging port is designed to recharge small electronic devices using a USB charging cable. The USB charging port is powered only when the ignition switch is ON. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

· A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warm during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
· A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.
· The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media.

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System (if equipped)
OTLE048619 [A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is ON.

3-162

Convenient features of your vehicle

To charge a cellular phone

If your cellular phone is not charging: NOTICE

The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone

- Slightly change the position of the cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is orange.

· The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).

manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology.

The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.

· When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle

The wireless charging process starts In this case, temporarily stop the of the mat for optimal charging

when you put a Qi-enabled cellular charging process, and re-attempt to performance. If your cell phone

phone on the wireless charging unit. charge your cellular phone again.

is off to the side, the charging

1. Remove other items, including the The system warns you with a messmart key, from the wireless sage on the LCD display if the cellucharging unit. If not, the wireless lar phone is still on the wireless

rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.

charging process may be inter- charging unit after the engine is · In some cases, the wireless

rupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad ( ).
2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes"

turned OFF and the front door is opened.
i Information
For some manufacturer's cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.

charging may stop temporarily when the Remote Key or Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
· When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.

in this chapter.

3-163

Convenient features of your vehicle

· For certain cellular phones with their own protection, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop if the temperature inside the vehicle is too high or low.
When the inside temperature is too high or low do not use the system and wait until the temperature maintains a proper level before using the system.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. Stop the charging cellular phone and wait until temperature falls to a certain level.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and the cellular phone.

· When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
· If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
· If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
· Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
· When any cellular phone without a wireless charging function or a metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may sound. This small sound is due to the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone in any way.

i Information
If the ignition switch is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

3-164

Convenient features of your vehicle

Clock
Set the clock on the multimedia display by pressing the SETUP button on the side of the audio unit and selecting Date/Time icon on the display.
For more details, refer to the "Infotainment System" in chapter 4 or Navigation System Manual that was supplied with your vehicle.

Clothes Hanger
Rear

WARNING

Do not adjust the clock while driving, you may lose your steering control and cause an accident that results in severe personal injury or death.

Door post

WARNING

OTL045099

OOS047066
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

OTL045270
To hang items, pull the hanger down. These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.

3-165

Convenient features of your vehicle

Plastic Bag Hook

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

OTL045273
To hang a plastic bag, open the tailgate and find a hook attached on rear seat back.
WARNING

OTL045231
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

Do not hang other objects except a plastic bag. In an accident it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

WARNING
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

3-166

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cargo Net Holder (if equipped)

CAUTION

Cargo Security Screen (if equipped)

To prevent damage to the goods

or the vehicle, care should be

taken when carrying fragile or

bulky objects in the luggage

compartment.

OTL045232
To keep items from shifting in the rear area of the vehicle, you can use the four hooks around the floorboard of the rear cargo area to attach a cargo net.
Your vehicle may come equipped with a cargo net, or the cargo net is available as an optional accessory at your local HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.

OTL045233
Use the cargo security screen to cover items stored in the cargo area.

3-167

Convenient features of your vehicle

To use the cargo security screen

When the cargo security screen is not in use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen backward and up to release it from the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will automatically slide back in.

To remove the cargo security screen

OTL045234
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).
2. Pull the cargo screen out all the way and then slowly allow the screen to retract back into the mechanism.

i Information
The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out all the way and then slowly allow the screen to retract back into the mechanism.

OTLE048639
1. Push one side of the cargo screen inward to compress the spring mechanism and release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the mechanism is compressed, pull out the cargo security screen.

3-168

To remove the cargo security screen from the luggage tray

OTL045236
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the cargo security screen in the tray.

OTLE055152
1. Pull up the screen board.

2. Push in the guide pin.

OTLE055153

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE055154
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out the cargo security screen.
3-169

Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed, do not put luggage on it when it is used.

Luggage Tray (if equipped)
Type A

· Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it.

WARNING
· Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
· Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as forward as possible.

Type B

OTL045274

3-170

OTLE048274
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. under the rear cargo floorboard.

Convenient features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES

Roof Rack (if equipped)

NOTICE

· The vehicle center of gravity

· When carrying cargo on the roof

will be higher when items are

rack, take the necessary precau-

loaded onto the roof rack.

tions to make sure the cargo

Avoid sudden starts, braking,

does not damage the roof of the

sharp turns, abrupt maneu-

vehicle.

vers or high speeds that may

· When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do not exceed the overall roof

result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an

accident.

length or width.

· Always drive slowly and turn

corners carefully when carry-

ing items on the roof rack.

OTL045502L

WARNING

Severe wind updrafts, caused

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can load cargo on top of your vehicle.

· The following specification is the maximum weight that can

by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items

NOTICE

be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly

loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carry-

If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof or a panoramic roof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof or a panoramic roof operation.

as possible onto the roof rack and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.

ing large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.
· To prevent damage or loss of

ROOF RACK

220 lbs. (100 kg) EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driv-

ing to make sure the items on

the roof rack are securely fas-

tened.

3-171

Infotainment System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2 AUX, USB and iPod® Port ...............................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Control........................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4 Audio / Video / Navigation System ............................4-4
4

Infotainment System

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic device may malfunction.
· Use caution to keep chemicals such as perfumes, cosmetics, sun screen lotions, hand sanitizers, or air fresheners from contacting any interior components.
These chemicals may cause damage or discoloration to the interior materials.

AUX, USB and iPod® Port
OTLE048239
You can use the AUX port to connect audio devices and the USB port to plug in a USB device or iPod®.

Antenna Shark fin antenna
OTLE048237
The shark fin antenna receives transmitted data. (for example: GPS)

i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

4-2

Steering Wheel Audio Control

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
· Move the VOLUME lever up to increase volume.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:

· Move the VOLUME lever down to

decrease volume.

RADIO mode

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is

pressed up or down and held for 0.8 MEDIA mode

second or more, it will function in the It will function as the TRACK UP/ 4

following modes:

DOWN button.

OTLA045238

NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultaneously.

RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button.

MODE (3) Press the MODE button to select Radio, Disc*, or AUX.
* if equipped

MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW button.

i Information
Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

Infotainment System

4-3

Infotainment System
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Type B

Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (if equipped)
Detailed information for the AVN system is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

Type A
4-4

OTL045240

(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone

OTL045262

Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands-free is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

OTL045241

Driving your vehicle

Before Driving ........................................................5-4 Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............5-51

Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4 Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System...5-52 BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) ..........................5-53

Ignition Switch........................................................5-6

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-55

Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6

Blind-Spot Collision Warning - Sensor Location....5-57

Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9

Limitations of the System.............................................5-58

Automatic Transmission ......................................5-14

Declaration of conformity .................................5-59

Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-14

The radio frequency components

Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-19

(Rear Corner Radar) complies: ....................................5-59

Braking System ....................................................5-21 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)

Power Brakes ...................................................................5-21

System - Camera Type........................................5-60

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-22 Parking Brake...................................................................5-22 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-24

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-60

FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-63

FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-65

Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-30

System Not Operating....................................................5-67

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-33

Limitations of the System.............................................5-68

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-35 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-39 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-40 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-40 Good Braking Practices.................................................5-42

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System - Sensor Fusion Type (Front Radar + Front Camera)...........................5-73
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-73
FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-76

All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-43

FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-77

AWD operation.................................................................5-45

System Not Operating....................................................5-79

Emergency precautions.................................................5-49

Limitations of the System.............................................5-81

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ...................5-87 LKA System Operation...................................................5-89 Warning Light and Message.........................................5-91 Limitations of the System.............................................5-93 LKA System Function Change......................................5-95
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.........5-96 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-96 Resetting the System .....................................................5-97 System Standby...............................................................5-98 System Malfunction .......................................................5-98
Cruise Control.....................................................5-100 Cruise Control operation .............................................5-100
5 Smart Cruise Control With Stop &
Go System ...........................................................5-105 Smart Cruise Control Switch ......................................5-105 Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-106 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance ...........................................................................5-110 Smart Cruise Control Radar Sensor .........................5-114 To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ....................................................5-115 Conventional Cruise Control Mode...........................5-116 Limitations of the System...........................................5-117

Special Driving Conditions ................................5-122 Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-122 Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-122 Smooth cornering .........................................................5-123 Driving at night..............................................................5-123 Driving in the rain .........................................................5-123 Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-124 Highway driving.............................................................5-124 Reducing the risk of a rollover .................................5-125
Winter Driving ....................................................5-126 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-126 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-128
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-130 If you decide to pull a trailer.....................................5-130 Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-132 Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-133 Maintenance when trailer towing.............................5-136
Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-138 Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-139

WARNING

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If

you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the

vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

Driving your vehicle

5-3

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

BEFORE DRIVING
Before Entering the Vehicle
· Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
· Remove frost, snow, or ice.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks.
· Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting
· Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and the doors are securely closed and locked.
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
· Verify all the lights work.
· Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all passengers have fastened their seatbelts.
· Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.

5-4

WARNING

You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

NEVER drink or take drugs and

take drugs and drive. If you are

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- drive.

drinking or taking drugs, don't

lowing precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehi-

Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.

cle is moving. For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a

· Always drive defensively.

small amount of alcohol will

Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and

affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one

make mistakes.

drink can reduce your ability to

· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.

respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving

under the influence of alcohol.

Driving your vehicle

5-5

Driving your vehicle
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. · NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Key Ignition Switch
OTL055001
Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed.

WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

5-6

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Position

Action

LOCK

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key in slightly at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft. (if equipped)

Notice

Some of the electrical accessories are usable.

ACC The steering wheel unlocks.

ON START

This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when

started.

the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery

All features and accessories are usable.

from discharging.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.

To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key. position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

Driving your vehicle

5-7

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.

i Information
· It is best to maintain a moderate engine speed until the vehicle engine comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt acceleration or deceleration while the engine is still cold.
· Whether the engine is cold or warm, always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

5-8

Engine Start/Stop Button
OTLE058002
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.

WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.

This may lead to loss of direc-

tional control and braking

function, which could cause

an accident.

· Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion, and take the Smart Key

with you. Unexpected vehicle

movement may occur if these

precautions are not followed.

· NEVER reach through the

steering wheel for the Engine

Start/Stop button or any other

control while the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in this area may

cause a loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

5-9

Driving your vehicle

Engine Stop/Start button positions

Button Position OFF

Action
To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.

Notice

ACC

Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the

button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-

ing the brake pedal.

tery power will turn off automatically to prevent

Smoe of the electrical accessories are the battery from discharging.

usable.

5-10

Button Position ON

Action

Notice

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in

in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not run-

brake pedal.

ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

START

To start the engine, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with out depressing the brake pedal, the engine 5

the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-

(Neutral) position.

ton changes as follows:

For your safety, start the engine with the shift OFF ACC ON OFF

lever in the P (Park) position.

However, the engine may start if you depress

the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-

ing the Engine Start/Stop button when it is in

the OFF position.

Driving your vehicle

5-11

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals. · Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. · Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.

i Information
· The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.

1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
i Information
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
· Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the engine while warming it up.

5-12

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the vehicle: To prevent damage to the vehicle:

· If the engine stalls while you are When the stop lamp fuse is blown,

in motion, do not attempt to you can't start the engine normal-

move the shift lever to the P ly. Replace the fuse with a new

(Park) position.

one. If you are not able to replace

If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop

the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position.

OTL058008

button in an attempt to restart Do not press the Engine Start/Stop

the engine.

button for more than 10 seconds

i Information

· Do not push or tow your vehicle except when the stop lamp fuse is If the smart key battery is weak or the

to start the engine.

blown.

smart key does not work correctly,

For your safety always depress you can start the engine by pressing

the brake pedal before starting the the Engine Start/Stop button with the

engine.

smart key in the direction of the pic-

ture above.

Driving your vehicle

5-13

Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever. Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever.

Move shift lever.

OTL055006

5-14

WARNING

Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument clus-

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surround-

ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of

ing areas near your vehicle for

the vehicle.

people, especially children, P (Park)

· After the vehicle has stopped,

before shifting a vehicle into Always come to a complete stop

always make sure the shift

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

before shifting into P (Park).

lever is in P (Park), apply the

· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the

To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal.

parking brake, and turn the engine off.

shift lever is in the P (Park) Make sure your foot is off the accel- · Do not use the P (Park) posi-

position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
· Do not use engine braking

erator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this section.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.

tion in place of the parking brake.

(shifting from a high gear to

lower gear) rapidly on slip-

pery roads. The vehicle may

slip causing an accident.

Driving your vehicle

5-15

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a six-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.

WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.

The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the shift lever console, allows the driver to switch from COMFORT mode to SPORT mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" later in this chapter.

5-16

In Manual Shift Mode, moving the · If the driver presses the lever to

shift lever backwards and forwards + (Up) or - (Down) position, the

will allow you to select the desired transmission may not make the

range of gears for the current driving requested gear change if the next

conditions.

gear is outside of the allowable

+ (UP) - (DOWN)

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear.

engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.
· When accelerating from a stop on a slippery road, push the shift lever

OTL055007
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.

i Information
· Only the six forward gears can be selected in Manual shift mode. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
· Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat-

forward into the + (Up) position.

This allows the transmission to shift

into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road.

Push the shift lever to the - (Down)

side to shift back to the 1st gear.

ically selected.

· When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.

Driving your vehicle

5-17

Driving your vehicle

Shift-Lock System
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-Lock Release
OTLA055002
If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following: 1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-
ering the shift-lock release access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.

5. Move the shift lever. 6. Remove the tool from the shift-
lock override access hole then install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock release, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.

5-18

Parking

Good Driving Practices

· When driving in Manual Shift

Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

· Never move the shift lever from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

Mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
· Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmis-

WARNING

Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

· When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.

· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the

and start a fire.

· Do not drive with your foot resting drive wheels to lose traction and

· The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
· Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
· Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle decel-

may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

Driving your vehicle

5-19

Driving your vehicle

i Information - Kickdown
Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for maximum acceleration. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The automatic transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
· The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

5-20

BRAKING SYSTEM

Power Brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted

WARNING

· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow

brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.

Take the following precautions:
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the

down; the vehicle may also

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way. Always

test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep

water. To dry the brakes, light-

ly tap the brake pedal to heat

up the brakes while maintain-

ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to

normal. Avoid driving at high

speeds until the brakes func-

tion correctly.

Pump the brake pedal only when

brakes continuously will

necessary to maintain steering con-

cause the brakes to overheat

trol on slippery surfaces.

and could result in a tempo-

rary loss of braking perform-

ance.

Driving your vehicle

5-21

Driving your vehicle

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.

Parking Brake
OTL055012
Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Depress the parking brake pedal down as far as possible.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

5-22

WARNING

NOTICE

· Do not apply the accelerator

· Whenever leaving the vehicle

pedal while the parking brake is

or parking, always come to a

engaged. If you depress the

complete stop and continue to

accelerator pedal with the park-

depress the brake pedal. Move

ing brake engaged, warning will

the shift lever into P (Park)

sound. Damage to the parking

position, then apply the park-

brake may occur.

OTL055014
To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal.

ing brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.

· Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear

Vehicles with the parking

or damage to brake parts. Make

brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently

sure the parking brake is
released and the Brake Warning 5

Depress the parking brake pedal

and causing injury to yourself

Light is off before driving.

down and it will release automatical-

or others.

ly.

· NEVER allow anyone who is

If the parking brake does not release

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

or does not release all the way, have

touch the parking brake. If the

your vehicle checked by an author-

parking brake is released

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

· Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

Driving your vehicle

5-23

Driving your vehicle

Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Applying the parking brake

OTLE058015

To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Warning Light comes on.

Brake

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

5-24

Releasing the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)

To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) automatically:
· Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
· Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).

i Information
· For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
· For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.

· Automatic transmission vehicle 1. Start the engine.

NOTICE

OTLE058016 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.

· If the parking brake warning 5

To release the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition:
· Make sure the ignition is ON position.

3. Close the driver's door, engine hood and tailgate.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R (Rear), D (Drive) or Sports mode.

light is still on even though the EPB has been released, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause

· Depress the brake pedal.

excessive brake pad and brake

Make sure the Parking Brake Make sure the Parking Brake rotor wear.

Warning Light goes off.

Warning light goes off.

Driving your vehicle

5-25

Driving your vehicle

EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:
· Requested by other systems
· The driver turns the engine off while Auto Hold is operating.

Warning messages

OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and liftgate
· If you try to drive with the EPB applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
· If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
· If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.

WARNING
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition switch to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
· NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If the EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· Only release the EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

5-26

NOTICE

i Information

· Do not apply the accelerator · A clicking sound may be heard

pedal while the parking brake is while operating or releasing the

engaged. If you depress the EPB. These conditions are normal

accelerator pedal with the EPB and indicate that the EPB is func-

engaged, a warning will sound tioning properly.

and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.

· When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how

· Driving with the parking brake to operate the EPB.

on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving.

OIK057079N

AUTO HOLD turning Off!

Press brake pedal

When the conversion from Auto Hold

to EPB is not working properly a

warning will sound and a message

will appear.

Driving your vehicle

5-27

Driving your vehicle

EPB malfunction indicator

The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OIK057077N
Parking brake automatically engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

OTLE058017
This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is set to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE
· If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied.
· If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-28

Parking brake warning light

Emergency braking

NOTICE

Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).

If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking

If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.

distance will be longer than normal.
WARNING

When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normal-

Before driving, be sure the parking Do not operate the parking ly, we recommend that you contact

brake is released and the Brake brake while the vehicle is mov- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by

Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light

ing except in an emergency situation. It could damage the

loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.

remains on after the parking brake is brake system and lead to a

released while engine is running, severe accident.

there may be a malfunction in the

brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.

i Information

If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con-

During emergency braking, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.

tinue to drive the vehicle until you

can reach a safe location.

Driving your vehicle

5-29

Driving your vehicle

Auto Hold (if equipped) The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.
To apply :
OTL055018
1. With the driver's door and engine hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.

OTL055019
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

To release :
· If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
· If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.

5-30

To cancel :

i Information

In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO

· The Auto Hold does not operate HOLD indicator changes from

when:

green to white, and a warning sound

- The driver's door is opened

and a message will appear to inform

- The engine hood is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R (Reverse)

you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle

- The EPB is applied

and release parking brake manually

· For your safety, the Auto Hold auto- with the EPB switch.

matically switches to EPB when:

· While operating Auto Hold, you

OTL055020
1. Depress the brake pedal.

- The driver's door is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)

may hear mechanical noise.

However, it is normal operating noise.

2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you:

- The engine hood is opened with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope
- The vehicle moves several times

NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Drive downhill.

- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).

- Park the vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

5-31

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
· Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
· For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle or park the vehicle.

Warning messages

Type A

Type B

NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood open detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OIK057077N/OIK057075N
Parking brake automatically engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.

5-32

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

WARNING

An Anti-Lock Braking System

(ABS) or an Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system will not

prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous driving

maneuvers. Even though vehi-

cle control is improved during

OIK057080L

OTL058235N emergency braking, always

Press brake pedal to deactivate

AUTO HOLD conditions not met.

maintain a safe distance

AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

Close door hood, and liftgate; fasten seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine hood, liftgate are not closed or the driver's seat belt is unfastened, a warning will sound and a message will appear on the LCD display. At this moment, press the [AUTO

between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.

HOLD] button after closing the dri-

ver's door and engine hood, liftgate

and fastening the seat belt.

Driving your vehicle

5-33

Driving your vehicle

· Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
· Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions.

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible

5-34

WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system.

OTLE058021

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI The Electronic Stability Control

dealer as soon as possible.

(ESC) system helps to stabilize the

vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the

road conditions.

Driving your vehicle

5-35

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
· When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions.

· If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped)
· When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

5-36

Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)

Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

OIK057082L

OIK057084L

ESC OFF condition

· State 2

To cancel ESC operation : · State 1

Press the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message illuminates and a warning

When the ignition switch is placed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.

Press the ESC OFF button briefly. chime sounds. In this state, both the The ESC indicator light blinks when-

The ESC OFF indicator light and traction control function of ESC ever the ESC is operating.

message will illuminate. In this state, (engine management) and the brake If ESC indicator light stays on, your

the traction control function of ESC control function of ESC (braking vehicle may have a malfunction with

(engine management) is disabled, management) are disabled.

the ESC system. When this warning

but the brake control function of ESC

light illuminates have your vehicle

(braking management) still operates.

If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off.

on again.

5-37

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
· Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
· When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.

5-38

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING

VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
· The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.

i Information
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on bank road such as gradi-
ent or incline. · Driving rearward. · ESC OFF indicator light is on. · EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on.

Take the following precautions When operating

when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM):

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the

· ALWAYS check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving prac-

ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.

tices.

· Never drive too fast for the

road conditions. The VSM sys-

tem will not prevent acci-

dents. Excessive speed in bad

weather, slippery and uneven

roads can result in severe

accidents.

Driving your vehicle

5-39

Driving your vehicle

VSM OFF condition To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light ( ) will illuminate. To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light will go out.
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline.The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
· The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
· The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
Type A

Type B

OTL055022

OTLA055119
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) feature assists the driver to descend down a steep hill without having to depress the brake pedal.

5-40

The system automatically applies the DBC operation brakes to maintain the vehicle speed

below 5 mph (8 km/h) and allows the

Mode

Indicator light

Description

driver to concentrate on steering the vehicle down hill.

Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and

WARNING
Always turn off the DBC on nor-

Standby

illuminated

enter the standby mode.
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

mal roads. The DBC might activate inadvertently from the standby mode when driving through speed bumps or making sharp

Activated

blinks

In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 22 mph (35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will activate automatically.

curves.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-

vate under the following conditions:

NOTICE
· The DBC defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition

Temporarily deactivated

illuminated

· The hill is not steep enough.
· The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will automatically activate again.

switch is placed in the ON posi-

tion.
· Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is activated.

OFF

not illuminated

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions: · The DBC button is pressed again. · Vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h).

· The rear stop light comes on

when DBC is activated.

Driving your vehicle

5-41

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
If the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system may have overheated or have malfunctioned. When the warning light illuminates even though the DBC system has cooled off, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
· The DBC may not deactivate on steep inclines even though the brake or accelerator pedal is depressed.
· The DBC does not operate when: - The shift lever is in P (Park). - The ESC is activated.

Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the OFF position. Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.

5-42

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Occasional off-road use such as established unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is always important that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those conditions.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: · Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended design such as challenging off-road conditions.

· Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.

OTLE058178
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system delivers engine torque to both the front and rear wheels for extra traction.
AWD is useful when maximum traction is required on slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.

· Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.

· The risk of a rollover is great-

ly increased if you lose con-

trol of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

· Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

Driving your vehicle

5-43

Driving your vehicle

· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

NOTICE

· Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.

· Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water. Depress the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking return.

· Shorten your scheduled mainte-

nance interval if you drive in off-

road conditions such as sand,

mud or water (see "Maintenance

Under

Severe

Usage

Conditions" in chapter 7).

· Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use, especially the bottom of the vehicle.

· Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type.

· Make sure that a full time AWD vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow truck.

5-44

AWD operation

All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light

Description

AWD AUTO (AWD LOCK is
deactivated)
AWD LOCK

· AWD Auto is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and on highways.

· All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed. Required tractions applying on front and rear wheels vary depending on road driving conditions and driving conditions, which will be automatically controlled by the computing system.

(not illuminated) · When the cluster's AWD Auto display mode is selected, the

cluster displays the status of how four wheels' traction forces

are distributed. · The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to max-

imize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions

such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.

· AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 37 mph (60 km/h) or less. When traveling at 37 mph (60 km/h) or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto.

(illuminated)

· When AWD Lock mode illuminates, the cluster does not display the front/rear wheel traction force distribution status.

· Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.

WARNING

If AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the AWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Driving your vehicle

5-45

Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
· Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
· When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD Lock mode is released, such noise or vibration will be immediately gone.

NOTICE
When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (AWD LOCK indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with the AWD LOCK mode, especially, when cornering may cause mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Prolong driving with the noise and vibration may damage some parts of the power train.
i Information
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a sensation may be felt as the driving power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.

For safe AWD operation
Before driving
· Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts.
· Sit upright and closer to the steering wheel than usual. Adjust the steering wheel to a position comfortable for you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
· Start off slowly by applying the accelerator pedal gently.
· Use snow tires or tire chains.
· Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· Apply engine braking during deceleration by switching the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually selecting a lower gear.
· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent skids.

5-46

Driving in sand or mud · Maintain slow and constant speed.

WARNING

· Use tire chains driving in mud if necessary.
· Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

Exercise extreme caution when driving up or down steep hills. The vehicle may flip over depending on the grade, the terrain, and the trail conditions.

· Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.

· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

OLMB053017

sharp turns to prevent getting Driving up or down hills

stuck.

· Driving uphill

CAUTION

- Before starting off, check if it is possible to drive uphill.

When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand or mud, place a nonslip material under the drive wheels to provide traction OR Slowly spin the wheels in forward and reverse directions which causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle. However, avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm, doing so may damage the AWD system.

- Drive as straight as possible.
· Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.

Driving your vehicle

5-47

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
OLMB053018
Do not drive across the contour of steep hills. A slight change in the wheel angle can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle stops its forward motion. Your vehicle may roll over and lead to a serious injury or death.

Driving through water · Try to avoid driving in deep stand-
ing water. It may stall your engine and clog your exhaust system.
· If you need to drive in water, stop your vehicle, set the vehicle in AWD LOCK mode and drive under 5 mph (8 km/h).
· Do not change gear while driving in water.
CAUTION
Always drive slowly in water. If you drive too fast, water may get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to suddenly stop.

Additional driving conditions
· Become familiar with the off-road conditions before driving.
· Always pay attention when driving off-road and avoid dangerous areas.
· Drive slowly when driving in heavy wind.
· Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is higher than conventional 2WD vehicles, making them more likely to roll over when you rapidly turn corners.

5-48

Emergency precautions

Towing

Tires
Do not use a tire and wheel package with a different size and type from the one originally installed on your vehicle. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which

AWD vehicles must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.
For more details, refer to "Towing" in chapter 6.

could lead to steering failure or

rollover causing serious injury.

Dynamometer testing

When replacing the tires, be sure to A full-time AWD vehicle must be test-

OTLE055003 equip all four tires with the tire and ed on a special four wheel chassis

· Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving offroad.

wheel of the same size, type, tread, brand and load-carrying capacity. If you equip your vehicle with any tire/wheel combination not recom-

dynamometer.

mended by HYUNDAI for off-road

WARNING

driving, you should not use these

tires for highway driving.

Do not grab the inside of the

steering wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt

WARNING

your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to an impact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steering wheel which may lead to serious injury or death.

Never start or run the engine while a full-time AWD vehicle is raised on a jack. The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby.

Driving your vehicle

5-49

Driving your vehicle

Temporary Free Roller

Roll Tester (Speedometer)

OTLE058117

A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:

1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.

4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.

CAUTION
· Never engage the parking brake while performing the test.
· When the vehicle is lifted up, do not operate the front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. The vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death.

5-50

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The mode changes, as below, SPORT mode

whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.

SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by

automatically adjusting the

steering effort, and the

SPORT

COMFORT engine and transmission control

logic for enhanced driver perform-

ance.

When COMFORT mode is selected, · When SPORT mode is selected by

it is not displayed on the instrument pressing the DRIVE MODE button,

cluster.

the SPORT indicator (yellow color)

OTLA055147

will illuminate.

The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.

· Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to 5
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode

The system resets to be in the COM-

is desired, re-select SPORT mode

FORT mode, when the engine is

from the DRIVE MODE button.

restarted.

· When SPORT mode is activated:

i Information
If there is a problem with the instrument cluster, the drive mode will be in COMFORT mode and may not change to SPORT mode.

- The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating

i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

Driving your vehicle

5-51

Driving your vehicle

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

A
B
OOS057099L [A] : Blind spot area [B] : Closing at high speed
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. The system monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and an indicator on the outer side view mirrors.

(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.
(2) BCW : Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.
The time of alert (warning signal) varies according to the speed difference between you and the approaching vehicle.
(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning)
The RCCW feature monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.

The feature will operate when the vehicle is moving in reverse below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncoming cross traffic is detected a warning chime will sound. The time of alert varies according to the speed difference between you and the approaching vehicle.
WARNING
· Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system is operating.
· The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.

5-52

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
Operating conditions

To cancel:
Press the BCW switch again. The indicator on the switch will go off.
When the system is not used, turn the system off by turning off the switch.

Left side Right side

i Information

· If the ignition switch is turned OFF and then ON again, the BCW system returns to the previous state.

OTL055039

To operate:

· When the system is turned on, the First stage alert

OTLE058237

warning light will illuminate for 3 If a vehicle is detected within the 5

seconds on the outer side view mir- boundary of the system, a warning

ror.

light will illuminate on the outer side

view mirror.

Press the BCW switch with the ignition switch in the ON position.
The indicator on the BCW switch will illuminate.

The function will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. The vehicle speed is above approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off depending on the driving conditions of the vehicle.

3. An oncoming vehicle is detected in the blind spot area.

Driving your vehicle

5-53

Driving your vehicle

Left side

Right side

OTL055029

OTL055030

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:

1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system (the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND

2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).

When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will also blink.

If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deactivated.

· The second stage alarm may be deactivated. - To deactivate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings Driver Assistance and deselect BlindSpot Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display.
- To activate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings Driver Assistance and select Blind-Spot Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display.
i Information
The warning chime function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this function only when it is necessary.

5-54

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning)
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.

i Information
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) detecting range is approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).

Warning type
Left

Right

Note that the detecting range may

Operating conditions

vary under certain conditions. As

To operate:

always, use caution and pay close

Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance and select Rear Cross-

attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.

OTLE058186/OTLE058187

Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD display. (For more details, refer to

If the vehicle detected by the sensors 5

"LCD Display" in chapter 3.)

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

The system will turn on and standby to activate. The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R

ing chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display.

(Reverse).

Driving your vehicle

5-55

Driving your vehicle

i Information
· The warning chime will turn off when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
· The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to your surroundings.
· If the sensing area near the rear bumper is blocked by either a wall or barrier or by a parked vehicle, the system sensing area may be reduced.

WARNING

· The warning light on the outer side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.

To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.

· Drive safely even though the

vehicle is equipped with a

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system and Rear

Cross-Traffic

Collision

Warning (RCCW). Do not sole-

ly rely on the system but

check your surrounding

before changing lanes or

backing the vehicle up.

The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surroundings while driving.

· The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) are not a substitute for proper and safe driving practices. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up your vehicle. The BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW) system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.
NOTICE
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
· The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane OR when the road is wide, the system may not detect other vehicles in the next lane.
· The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.

5-56

Blind-Spot Collision Warning - Warning message Sensor Location

- A trailer or carrier is installed. To use the BCW system, remove the trailer or carrier from your vehicle.

If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the system will turn off automatically.

When the BCW cancelled warning

message is displayed in the cluster,

check to make sure that the rear

bumper is free from any dirt or snow

in the areas where the sensor is

located. Remove any dirt, snow, or

OTLE058031
The sensors are located inside the rear bumper.

OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the BCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driv-

Always keep the rear bumper clean · This warning message may appear ing the vehicle.

for the proper operation of the sys- when :

If the system still does not operate

tem.

- One or both of the sensors on the normally have your vehicle inspected

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the BCW sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.

i Information
Turn off the system by pressing the BCW switch and deselecting Rear Cross Traffic Alert from the User Settings mode on the cluster, when using a trailer or carrier behind your vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

5-57

Driving your vehicle

OOS057078L
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-58

Non-operating condition
The BCW indicator on the outer side view mirror may not illuminate properly when:
- The outer side view mirror housing is damaged.
- The mirror is covered with dirt, snow, or debris.
- The window is covered with dirt, snow, or debris.
- The window is tinted.

Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances.
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
· The vehicle driven in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
· The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
· The rear bumper where the sensor is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
· The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
· The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
· The vehicle driven on a curved road.

DECLARATION OF CONFOR-

· The vehicle driven through a toll- · If the vehicle has started at the MITY (IF EQUIPPED)

gate. · The road pavement (or the periph-

same time as the vehicle next to The radio frequency compo-

you and has accelerated.

nents (Rear Corner Radar)

eral ground) abnormally contains · When the vehicle in the next lane complies:

metallic components (i.e. possibly moves two lanes away from you

due to subway construction).

OR when the vehicle two lanes

· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.

away moves to the next lane from you.

· While going down or up a steep · A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

road where the height of the lane is · A flat trailer is near.

different.

· If there are small objects in the

· Driving on a narrow road where detecting area such as a shopping

trees or grass or overgrown.

cart or a baby stroller.

· Driving in rural areas where the · If there is a low height vehicle such

OHCR079069L

sensor does not detect another as a sports car.

vehicle or structure for an extended

period of time.

i Information

· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

· While changing lanes.

OHCR079067L

Driving your vehicle

5-59

Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - CAMERA TYPE (IF EQUIPPED)

The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
The camera type Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system detects the vehicle ahead in the roadway through the camera mounted on the center of the windshield.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

System Setting and Activation
System setting
· The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is enabled whenever the vehicle is turned on.
To turn off the system, go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance' and deselect 'Forward Collision Avoidance Assist' on the cluster LCD display.
The FCA deactivates, when the driver deselects the system setting.

· NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.

· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system.

5-60

The warning light illumi-

The options for the initial Forward

nates on the LCD display,

Collision Warning includes the fol-

when you cancel the FCA

lowing:

system. The driver can

- Late:

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off (Traction & Stability control disabled).

When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial

If the warning light remains ON when

warning occurs.

the FCA is activated, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOSEV058100N
· The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.

Even though, 'Late' is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops
the initial warning activation time 5
may not seem late.

Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Collision Warning Late/Normal/Early'.

Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
- Normal:

When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.

Driving your vehicle

5-61

Driving your vehicle

- Early:
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated earlier than normal. This setting maximizes the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.
If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to "Normal".

Prerequisite for activation
The FCA system is on and ready when FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) on.
- Driving speed exceeds approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.)

WARNING
· Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/ deactivate the FCA system.
· The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.
· If you cancel the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) when the FCA system is turned on the FCA automatically deactivates and the FCA warning light illuminates. When the ESC is canceled the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. The FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.

5-62

FCA Warning Message and System Control

Collision Warning (First warning)

Emergency braking (Second warning)

The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, or insufficient braking distance detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward

OTLE058179

OTLE058180

Collision Warning include Late, Normal or Early initial warning time.

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning

chime. Additionally, some vehicle chime.

system intervention occurs to help Additionally, some vehicle system

decelerate the vehicle.

intervention occurs to help deceler-

- Your vehicle speed may deceler- ate the vehicle.

ate moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly con-

trols the brakes to preemptively

mitigate impact in a collision. The

mitigate impact in a collision.

brake control is maximized just

before a collision.

Driving your vehicle

5-63

Driving your vehicle

Brake operation
· The braking system enters into the ready status to react promptly to urgent situations.
· The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
· The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.

CAUTION
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound.
WARNING
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

WARNING
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.

5-64

FCA Sensor

NOTICE

Front camera

The sensing performance of the sensor may be affected if the following instructions are not followed.

· Do not tint the window or install stickers, accessories around the inside mirror where the camera is installed.

· Always keep the camera sensor · NEVER locate any reflective

clean and free of dirt and debris. objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

· Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged camera sensor.

over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.

· Pay extreme caution to keep the

OTLE058182

NOTICE

camera out of water.

In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the view on the windshield near the camera is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the front camera sensor may adversely affect the performance of the system.

Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the camera sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.
· The FCA warning chime may be difficult to hear if the audio system volume is set to a high level.

Driving your vehicle

5-65

Driving your vehicle

i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The camera or related parts are repaired or removed.

Warning message and warning light

However, the FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected or the camera is blocked with dirt, snow or debris after turning ON the vehicle.
WARNING

OAD058172L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured
When the front camera is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may be temporarily disabled. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the front camera before operating the FCA system.

The FCA system may not activate according to road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.

5-66

System Not Operating
OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system · When the FCA is not working prop-
erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light and the FCA is automatically deactivated.

WARNING
· The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may unintentionally activate. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.

· If the vehicle in front stops

suddenly, you may have less

control of the brake system.

Therefore, always keep a safe

distance between your vehicle

and the vehicle in front of you.

· The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.

· The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.

· The brake control may not work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.

5-67

Driving your vehicle

· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· The FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles in front of the vehicle.
WARNING
· The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.

· The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead end street.)
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Limitations of the System
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.

5-68

Detecting vehicles

· The camera's field of view is not · The shadow is on the road by a

The sensor may be limited when:

well illuminated (either too dark or median strip, trees, etc.

· The camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or

too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON

· The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed

stuck of foreign matter (sticker, · The outside brightness changes · The rear part of the vehicle in front

bug, etc.) on the glass

suddenly, for example when enter- is not normally visible (for example,

· Inclement weather such as heavy ing or exiting a tunnel

the vehicle is spinning or the vehi-

rain or snow obscures the field of · Light coming from a street light or cle is overturned)

view of the camera

an oncoming vehicle is reflected on · The vehicle in front is driving errat-

· The vehicle is on unpaved or uneven rough surfaces, or road

a wet road surface such as a pud- ically

dle in the road

· The vehicle in front is moving verti- 5

with sudden gradient changes.

· The field of view in front is cally to the driving direction

· The camera sensor recognition is obstructed by sun glare

· The vehicle in front is stopped ver-

limited

· The vehicle drives inside a build-

tically

· The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motor-

ing, such as a basement parking lot

· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing

cycle or a bicycle, etc.)
· The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.

· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles

· The vehicle in front is an oversize · The camera is damaged.

vehicle or trailer that is too big to · The brightness outside is too low

be detected by the camera recog- such as when the headlamps are

nition system (for example a tractor not on at night or the vehicle is

trailer, etc.)

going through a tunnel.

Driving your vehicle

5-69

Driving your vehicle

OOSEV058110N
- Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be limited when driving on a curved road.
The front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling in front on a curved road. This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OOSEV058111N
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane or outside the lane when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OTL058270
- Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may be decreased while driving upward or downward on a slope. The front camera recognition may not detect the vehicle in front. This may result in unnecessary alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

5-70

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

OOSEV058112N

OTM058119

- Changing lanes

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

When a vehicle changes lanes in and a vehicle in front of you merges front of you, the FCA system may not out of the lane, the FCA system may

immediately detect the vehicle, espe- not immediately detect the new vehi-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes cle that is now in front of you. In this

abruptly. In this case, you must main- case, you must maintain a safe brak-

tain a safe braking distance, and if ing distance, and if necessary,

necessary, depress the brake pedal depress the brake pedal to reduce

to reduce your driving speed in order your driving speed in order to main-

to maintain a safe distance.

tain a safe distance.

Driving your vehicle

5-71

Driving your vehicle

OTL058271
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
5-72

WARNING
· Do not use the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
· Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.
· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may operate when an object, which has similar shape or characteristic to a vehicle, is detected.
· The FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.

· Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
· If the front glass or camera have been replaced or repaired, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - SENSOR FUSION TYPE (FRONT RADAR + FRONT CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED)

The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if

WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:

System Setting and Activation
System setting · The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is enabled whenever the vehicle is turned on.
To turn off the system, go to the

necessary, apply emergency brak- · This system is only a supple-

'User Settings Driver

ing.

mental system and it is not

Assistance' and deselect 'Forward

intended to, nor does it

Collision Avoidance Assist' on the

replace the need for extreme

cluster LCD display.

care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention

The FCA deactivates, when the
driver deselects the system set- 5
ting.

to the road conditions at all

times.

· NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

· Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. FCA does not stop the

vehicle completely and is not

a collision avoidance system.

Driving your vehicle

5-73

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illuminates on the LCD display, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off (Traction & Stability control disabled).
If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOSEV058100N
· The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Collision Warning Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following:
- Late:
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Late' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem late.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
- Normal:
When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.

5-74

- Early:

Prerequisite for activation

When this condition is selected, the The FCA system is on and ready

WARNING

initial Forward Collision Warning is activated earlier than normal. This setting maximizes the amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.

when FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) on.
- Driving speed exceeds approximately 6 mph (10 km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)
- The system detects a pedestrian or

· Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/ deactivate the FCA system.
· The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system

If you feel the warning activates too a vehicle in front, which may collide

setting on the LCD display.

early, set the Forward Collision Warning to "Normal".

with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a

· If you cancel the ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

warning alarm in accordance with

when the FCA system is

the driving situation or vehicle con-

turned on the FCA automati-

dition.)

cally deactivates and the FCA

warning light illuminates.

When the ESC is canceled the

FCA cannot be activated on

the LCD display. The FCA

warning light will illuminate

which is normal.

Driving your vehicle

5-75

Driving your vehicle

FCA Warning Message and System Control
The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, insufficient braking distance, or pedestrian detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Late, Normal or Early initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)
OTLE058179
This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.

Emergency braking (Second warning)
OTLE058180
This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs to help decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.

5-76

WARNING
The braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

FCA Sensor
Front radar

· The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
· The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.

WARNING
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the

Front camera

OTLE058181
5

Driving your vehicle

CAUTION

driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement

· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not

weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.

there is a warning message or

alarm from the FCA system. · If any other warning sound

WARNING

OTLE058182

such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound.

Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.

In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the view on the windshield near the camera and front radar sensor are clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.

5-77

Driving your vehicle

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the front radar sensor may adversely affect the performance of the system.
NOTICE
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-78

· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by authorized HYUNDAI.
· Use only genuine parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

NOTICE
· Do not tint the window or install stickers, accessories around the inside mirror where the camera is installed.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.
· NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.
· The FCA warning chime may be difficult to hear if the audio system volume is set to a high level.
i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The front bumper is replaced.
· The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.

Warning message and warning light

The FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the vehicle.

System Not Operating

Driving your vehicle

WARNING

The FCA system may not activate according to road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.

OIK057090L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may be temporarily disabled. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor cover before operating the FCA system.

OIK057091L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance 5
Assist system
· When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light and the FCA is automatically deactivated.

5-79

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
· The FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. The driver should hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may unintentionally activate. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.
5-80

· Even if there is any problem with the brake control function of the FCA system, the vehicle's basic braking performance will operate normally. However, brake control function for avoiding collision will not activate.
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.
· The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a collision.
· The brake control may not work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.

· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· The FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles or pedestrians in front of the vehicle.
WARNING
· The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.

· The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching

Limitations of the System

Detecting vehicles

The Forward Collision-Avoidance The sensor may be limited when:

the side view of a parked vehi- Assist (FCA) system is designed to · The radar sensor or camera is

cle (for example on a dead help monitor the vehicle ahead or a blocked with a foreign object or

end street.)

pedestrian in the roadway through debris

In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driv-

radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.

· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker,

ing speed in order to maintain a In certain situations, the radar sen- bug, etc.) on the glass

safe distance.

sor or the camera may not be able to · Inclement weather such as heavy

detect the vehicle or pedestrian rain or snow obscures the field of

ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys- view of the radar sensor or camera

tem may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the

· There is interference by electromagnetic waves

FCA operation may be limited.

· The vehicle is on unpaved or

uneven rough surfaces, or road

with sudden gradient changes.

· The vehicle drives through a construction area, on an unpaved road, or above metal materials, such as a railway

· The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited

· The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)

Driving your vehicle

5-81

Driving your vehicle

· The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front.
· The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
· The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON
· The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The camera is damaged.

· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The shadow is on the road by a median strip, trees, etc.
· The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
· The rear part of the vehicle in front is not normally visible (for example, the vehicle is spinning or the vehicle is overturned)
· There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· The vehicle in front is driving erratically
· The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction

· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles

5-82

Driving your vehicle

OTM058117

OTM058073

OTLE058222

- Driving on a curve

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist - Driving on a slope

The performance of Forward system may recognize a vehicle or The performance of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system pedestrian in the next lane or outside Collision-Avoidance Assist system

may be limited when driving on a the lane when driving on a curved may be decreased while driving

curved road.

road.

upward or downward on a slope. The

The front camera or radar sensor recognition system may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian traveling in

If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.

front camera or front radar sensor recognition may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian in front.

front on a curved road.

Always pay attention to road and This may result in unnecessary

This may result in no alarm and brak- driving conditions, while driving. ing when necessary.

alarm and braking or no alarm and braking when necessary.

Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to main-

When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle or pedestrian in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

tain a safe distance.

5-83

Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

OTM058074
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OTM058119
When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5-84

Detecting pedestrians

· The pedestrian has impaired

The sensor may be limited when:

mobility

· The pedestrian is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is

· The radar sensor or camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris

leaning over or is not fully walking · The camera lens is contaminated

upright

due to tinted, filmed or coated

· The pedestrian is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area

windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass

OTLE058223
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you

· The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be

· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo detected by the camera recogni- going through a tunnel

that extends rearward from the cab, tion system

· Inclement weather such as heavy

or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance

· The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)
· It is difficult to detect and distin-

rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road

from the rearmost object, and if nec- guish the pedestrian from other · The field of view in front is

essary, depress the brake pedal to objects in the surroundings, for obstructed by sun glare

reduce your driving speed in order to example, when there is a group of · The windshield glass is fogged up;

maintain distance.

pedestrians or a large crowd

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

· There is an item similar to a per- ed

son's body structure

· The pedestrian is small

Driving your vehicle

5-85

Driving your vehicle

· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· You are on a roundabout
WARNING
· Do not use the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.
· Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.

· Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system may operate when an object, which has similar shape or characteristic to a vehicle or pedestrian, is detected.
· The FCA system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
· Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
· If the front bumper, front glass, radar or camera have been replaced or repaired, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i Information
In some instances, the FCA system may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-86

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING

· The operation of the LKA sys-

tem can be canceled or not

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

work properly according to

system is not a substitute for

road condition and surround-

safe driving practices. It is the

ings. Always be cautious

responsibility of the driver to

when driving.

always be aware of the sur-

· Do not disassemble the LKA

rounding and steer the vehicle.

system camera temporarily to

tint the window or attach any

types of coatings and acces-

WARNING

sories. If you disassemble the

OTLE058182

camera and assemble it again,

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- Take the following precautions

take your vehicle to an author-

tem detects lane markers on the when using the Lane Keeping road using a forward facing front Assist (LKA) system:

ized HYUNDAI dealer and

have the system checked for

camera located on the top center of the windshield. The LKA system assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between the lane markers.
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a counter-steering torque, to try to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

· Do not steer the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
· LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the

calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.

steering wheel to stay in the

lane.

Driving your vehicle

5-87

Driving your vehicle

· The system detects lane lines and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane lines are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of the system".
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.
· You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system because of excessive audio sound.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning may not sound.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.

· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. Also, when Active LKA is selected from the User Settings mode and if you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will stop controlling the steering wheel. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher speed when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be able to be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.

· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.

5-88

LKA System Operation

Note that the vehicle speed must be at least approximately 40 mph (64 km/h) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster display will illuminate green.
The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA system.

LKA system activation

- White : Sensor does not detect

lane markers or vehicle

speed is under 40 mph (64

OTL058188

km/h).

OTLE058189

To activate/deactivate the LKA sys- - Green : Sensor detects lane mark- · To see the LKA system screen on 5

tem:

ers and the system is able the LCD display in the cluster,

With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system switch located on the instrument

to control vehicle steering.
i Information

select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state.

If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA switch again, the indicator on the cluster goes off.

If you press the LKA button again,

the indicator on the cluster display

will go off.

Driving your vehicle

5-89

Driving your vehicle

WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is a system to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.

Lane marker undetected Lane marker detected

· If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows:

Left lane marker

Right lane marker

OTLE058190/OTLE058191
· If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.
· Both lane markers must be detected for the system to fully activate.

OTLE058192/OTLE058193
1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. Also, a warning sound will be heard.

5-90

2. The LKA system will control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)
- The system detects both lane markers

Warning Light and Message Keep hands on steering wheel

WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally.

- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly.

When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA sys-

OTLE058194

tem are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be able to

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.

be controlled.

i Information

If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.

Driving your vehicle

5-91

Driving your vehicle

Driver's grasp not detected. LKA system will be disabled temporarily

WARNING
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· Turn off the system in below situations. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

Type A

Type B

OIK057120N
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
This warning message is available when Active LKA is selected from the User Settings mode.
5-92

i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.

OIK057121N/OIK057122N
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illuminate.

LKA system failure indicator

The LKA system will not be in the · Radius of a curve is too small.

The LKA system failure ENABLED state and/or the steering · The vehicle is driven on a steep

indicator (yellow) will illu- wheel will not be assisted when:

incline.

minate if the LKA system · The turn signal is turned on before · The steering wheel is turned sudis not working properly. changing a lane. If you change denly. Have your vehicle lanes without the turn signal on, the

checked by an authorized steering wheel might be controlled.

HYUNDAI dealer.

· The vehicle is not driven in the mid- Limitations of the System

dle of the lane when the system is The LKA system may operate pre-

When there is a problem with the

turned on or right after changing a maturely even if the vehicle does not

system do one of the following:

lane.

depart from the intended lane, OR,

· Turn the system on after turning the engine off and on again.
· Check if the ignition switch is in the

· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.

the LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:

ON position.

· The vehicle is driven on a sharp When the lane and road condi-

· Check if the system is affected by curve.

tions are poor

the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, · Vehicle speed is below 35 mph · It is difficult to distinguish the lane

etc.)

(56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 marker from the road because the

· Check if there is foreign matter on km/h).

the camera lens.

· The vehicle makes sharp lane

lane marker is covered with dust or sand.

changes.

· It is difficult to distinguish the color

If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane lines on the road. (e.g. construction area)
· Only one side of the lane marker is detected.

of the lane marker from the road.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.

Driving your vehicle

5-93

Driving your vehicle

· The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
· The lane marker is very thick or thin.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
· The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
· The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
· There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.

When external condition is intervened
· The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker.

· Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
· The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.

5-94

When front visibility is poor

LKA System Function Change Lane Departure Warning

· The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.

The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning from the LCD display. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Safety Active LKA/Lane Keeping Assist/
Lane Departure Warning.

LDW system alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.
i Information

· The sensor cannot detect the lane Active LKA

This device complies with Part 15 of

because of fog, heavy rain or snow. The Active LKA mode provides more the FCC rules.

frequent steering wheel control in Operation is subject to the following

comparison with the Standard LKA two conditions:

mode.

1. This device may not cause harmful 5
interference, and

Lane Keeping Assist

2. This device must accept any inter-

This mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane.

ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Driving your vehicle

5-95

Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is designed as a safety feature to help reduce drowsy or inattentive driving. The DAW displays a bar graph that is intended to represent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving.

· The driver can select the mode of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.
- Early : The Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode.

Driver's attention level
System off

System Setting and Activation
System setting
· To turn ON the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention Warning Off/ Normal/Early'

- Normal : The Driver Attention Warning system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning system is deactivated.
· The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re-started.

Attentive driving

OIK057129N

5-96

OIK057130N

· When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.
Take a break

Resetting the System
· The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.

· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the following situations.

- The engine is turned OFF.

OIK057131N

- The driver unfastens the seat belt

· The driver can monitor their driving

and then opens the driver's door.

conditions on the LCD display. The DAW screen will appear when

- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes.

you select the Assist mode tab ( )

· The Driver Attention Warning

on the LCD display if the system is

(DAW) system operates again,

activated. For more details, refer to

OIK057132L when the driver restarts driving.

"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3. · The "Consider taking a break"

· The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
· The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
· The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.

message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds in order to suggest the driver to take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.

Driving your vehicle

5-97

Driving your vehicle

System Standby

System Malfunction

OIK057133N
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations.
- The camera does not detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40 mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph (177 km/h).

OIK057134N
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
When the warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
· The Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
· The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.
· The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning system.

5-98

NOTICE

CAUTION

· The vehicle drives on a

The Driver Attention Warning sys-

bumpy road.

tem utilizes the camera sensor on The Driver Attention Warning

· The vehicle drives through a

the front windshield for its opera- (DAW) system may not properly

windy area.

tion. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:

operate with limited alerting in the following situations:
· The lane detection perform-

· The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems:

· Do not disassemble the camera temporarily to tint the window or to attach any types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble a camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and

ance is limited. (For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.)
· The vehicle is violently driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. con-

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system

- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)

system

have the system checked for cal-

struction area, other vehicles,

ibration.

fallen objects, bumpy road).

· NEVER install any accessories · Forward drivability of the

CAUTION

or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
· NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toein/toe-out alignment).

The DAW system warning chime may be difficult to hear if the audio system volume is set to a high level.

over the dashboard. Any light · The vehicle drives on a curvy

reflection may cause a malfunc-

road.

tion of the Driver Attention Alert

(DAW) system.

· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.

Driving your vehicle

5-99

Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control operation

Cruise indicator Set speed

OIK057157N

The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal.

WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· If the Cruise Control is left on, ("CRUISE" indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control system off ("CRUISE" indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
· Do not use Cruise Control when towing a trailer.
· Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed:

- When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view (possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
i Information
· During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
· Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake pedal at least once after turning ON the ignition or starting the engine.

5-100

To set Cruise Control speed

To increase Cruise Control speed

Driving your vehicle

OTL055101

OTL055100 3. Push the toggle switch down

1. Press the CRUISE button on the

(SET-), and release it. The set speed on the LCD display will illu-

OTL055102

steering wheel to turn the system

minate.

· Push the toggle switch up (RES+)

on. The "CRUISE" indicator will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

and hold it, while monitoring the SET speed on the instrument clus-

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 20 mph

i Information

ter. Release the toggle switch when

(30 km/h).

On a steep slope, the vehicle may the desired speed is shown and

slightly slow down or speed up, while the vehicle will accelerate to that

driving uphill or downhill.

speed.

· Push the toggle switch up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.

5-101

Driving your vehicle

· Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).

To decrease Cruise Control speed

To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.

5-102

OTL055101
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and hold it.Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle switch at the speed you want to maintain.
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.
· Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).

Cruise Control will be canceled when:

· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.
· Downshifting to 2nd gear when in Manual Shift mode.

To resume preset Cruising speed

i Information

Each of the above actions will cancel

Cruise Control operation (the set

speed the instrument cluster will go

off), but only pressing the CRUISE

button will turn the system off. If you

wish to resume Cruise Control opera-

tion, push the toggle switch up (RES+) OTL055103 located on your steering wheel. You

OTL055102

· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pressing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
· Pressing the CRUISE button. Both

will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE button.

Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.

the cruise indicator and the set

speed will disappear on the LCD.

· Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral).

· Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

Driving your vehicle

5-103

Driving your vehicle To turn Cruise Control off
OTL055100
· Press the CRUISE button (the "CRUISE" indicator light will go off).
· Turn the vehicle OFF.
5-104

SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead.

Smart Cruise Control Switch

The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.

OTL058205N

Cruise indicator Set speed Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

WARNING

OTL058056N

For your safety, please read the CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys- 5

owner's manual before using the

tem on or off.

To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe

RES+ : Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
SET- : Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.

driving practices, but a conven- CANCEL : Cancels cruise control

ience function only. It is the

operation.

responsibility of the driver to

always check the speed and

distance to the vehicle ahead.

Driving your vehicle

5-105

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed

i Information
· Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
· When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).

OTL055100
1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
· 20 ~ 110 mph (30 ~ 180 km/h) : when there is no vehicle in front
· 0 ~ 110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in front

OTLE058207
3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.

5-106

To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed

CAUTION
Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.

To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed

Driving your vehicle

OTLE058208
Follow either of these procedures:
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
You can set the speed to 110 mph (180 km/h).

OTLE058207

Follow either of these procedures:

· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.

· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.

· You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).

5-107

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again pedal.
CAUTION
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.

Smart Cruise Control set speed will be temporarily canceled when:
OTL055103
Canceled manually · Depressing the brake pedal. · Pushing the CANCEL button locat-
ed on the steering wheel. The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the LCD display turns off. The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.

Canceled automatically
· The driver's door is opened.
· The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
· The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
· The vehicle speed is over 120 mph (190 km/h).
· The vehicle stops on a steep incline.
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.
· The ESC is turned off.
· The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter.
· The vehicle is stopped for a certain period of time.
· The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
· The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time.
· The engine performance is abnormal.
· Engine rpm is in the red zone.

5-108

· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down

i Information

To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed

(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead.

If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled by other than the reasons mentioned, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you

· The driver starts driving by pushing

push the toggle switch up (RES+) or

the toggle switch up (RES+)/down

down (SET-).

(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.

If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 20 mph (30

· The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.

km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.

OIK057096N
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.

CAUTION
Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed.
5-109

Driving your vehicle

To turn Cruise Control off

Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:

OTL055100
· Push the CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will go off).
If you wish not to use the cruise control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.

OTLE058211
When the Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal.

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine.

5-110

When the lane ahead is clear:

When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:

WARNING

Driving your vehicle

Distance 4

Distance 3

OTLE058217

OTL058212N

The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

Distance 2

Distance 1 OTL058213N/OTL058214N/

When using the Smart Cruise Control system:

OTL058215N/OTL058216N

· The warning message may

· Your vehicle speed will slow down

appear and a warning chime

or speed up to maintain the select-

may sound if the vehicle is

ed distance.

unable to maintain the select-

· If the vehicle ahead speeds up,

ed distance from the vehicle

your vehicle will travel at a steady

ahead.

cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.

· If this warning message appears, apply the brake

· If distance from the front vehicle

pedal directly to adjust your

has changed due to accelerating or

vehicle speed in order to

decelerating of the front vehicle,

increase the distance

the distance on the LCD display

between the vehicle ahead.

may change.

5-111

Driving your vehicle

· Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
· The SCC warning chime may be difficult to hear if the audio system volume is set to a high level.

CAUTION

In traffic situation

OTLE058218
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.

OTLE058219
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
· In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) or push down the toggle switch (SET-) to start driving.

5-112

· If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.

WARNING
Take the following precautions :
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
· If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
· Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.
· Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads

- Driving on a steep downhill or uphill

- Driving in windy areas

- Driving in parking lots

- Driving near crash barriers

- Driving on a sharp curve

- Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weath-

er, such as fog, snow, rain or

sandstorm) - The vehicle's sensing ability

decreases due to vehicle

modification, resulting in a

level difference of the vehi-

cle's front and rear

· Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the smart cruise control system is being operated.

5-113

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control Radar Sensor

Warning message

i Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).

OTLE058181
The Smart Cruise Control uses a radar sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean.
5-114

OTM058061L
Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system operation may be disabled temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control system. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning on the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).

CAUTION
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sen-

Type A

Type B

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control

sor or sensor cover. If the sen-

sor is forcibly moved out of

proper alignment, the Smart

Cruise Control system may

not operate correctly. In this

case, a warning message may

not be displayed. Have the

vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

· If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around

OIK057109L/OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System

the radar sensor, the Smart The message will appear when the

OIK057097N

Cruise Control System may vehicle to vehicle distance control

not operate properly. Have the system is not functioning normally. The sensitivity of vehicle speed

vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD display. You may select one of the
three stages you prefer.

· Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.

Driving your vehicle

5-115

Driving your vehicle

· Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal.
· Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.
i Information
When you select the SCC Reaction sensitivity in the User Settings menu, this setting will remain as the default setting each time you start your vehicle.

Conventional Cruise Control Mode

The driver may choose to switch to use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed only control function) by following these steps:

1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The cruise (

) indi-

cator will illuminate.

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control".

When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the engine is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.

WARNING
When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.

5-116

Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

On curves

OTM058073

OTM058117 Your vehicle speed can be reduced

· The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control.

is recognized suddenly.

· Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.

Driving your vehicle

5-117

Driving your vehicle On inclines

Lane changing

Detecting vehicles

OTLE058222
· During uphill or downhill driving, the Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.

OTM058074
· A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.
· The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.
· If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
· If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.

OTM058128
Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads

5-118

A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment

- While the steering wheel is operating

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or

OTM058129

OTM058119

on curves

· Your vehicle may accelerate when · When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

if necessary.

· When you are warned that the

and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect- system may not immediately

ed, drive with caution.

detect the new vehicle that is now

in front of you. In this case, you

must maintain a safe braking dis-

tance, and if necessary, depress

the brake pedal to reduce your

driving speed in order to maintain a

safe distance.

Driving your vehicle

5-119

Driving your vehicle

OTM058124
· Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.

OTLE058223
· Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.

WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control system.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
· The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.

5-120

· Vehicles moving in front of

i Information

you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.

The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:
· Electrical interference
· Modifying the suspension
· Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure
· Installing different type of tires

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator

· Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehi-

i Information

(antenna) and your body. This transmitter must not be co-locat-

cle distance. The driver This device complies with Part 15 of ed or operating in conjunction with

should not solely rely on the the FCC rules.

any other antenna or transmitter.

system but always pay atten- Operation is subject to the following

tion to driving conditions and three conditions:

control your vehicle speed.

1. This device may not cause harmful

· The Smart Cruise Control sys-

interference, and

tem may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

Driving your vehicle

5-121

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions Rocking the vehicle

When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions:
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance.
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

Downshifting with an automatic transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

5-122

i Information

Smooth cornering

Driving in the rain

The ESC system must be turned OFF Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving

before rocking the vehicle.

corners, especially when roads are dangerous. Here are a few things to

wet. Ideally, corners should always consider when driving in the rain or

NOTICE

be taken under gentle acceleration.

on slick pavement: · Slow down and allow extra follow-

If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the

Driving at night

ing distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increas-

vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle Night driving presents more hazards es the distance needed to stop

to avoid engine overheating, possi- than driving in the daylight. Here are your vehicle.

ble damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.

some important tips to remember:
· Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street

· Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.

lights.
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night.
· Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

· Be sure your tires have enough tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire replacement" in chapter 7.
· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.
· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.

Driving your vehicle

5-123

Driving your vehicle

· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire replacement" in chapter 7.

Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or fail the braking operation.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.

i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.

5-124

Reducing the risk of a rollover Your multi-purpose passenger vehi-

WARNING

cle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. The specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility

Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
· Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
· Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make sure all passengers are wearing their seat belts.

vehicles have a significantly higher · Do not modify your vehicle in

rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and pas-

any way that you would raise the center of gravity.

sengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a per-

· Keep tires properly inflated.
· Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.

son wearing a seat belt.

There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

Driving your vehicle

5-125

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
5-126

Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

Tire chains
OTLE058036
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: · Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.

i Information
· Install tire chains on the front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
· Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible

Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains

· Drive carefully and avoid

restrictions against their use.

as soon as you begin driving on

bumps, holes, sharp turns,

cleared roads.

and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.

When mounting snow chains, park

the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle

· Avoid sharp turns or locked

Hazard Warning Flasher and place a

wheel braking.

triangular emergency warning device

behind the vehicle (if available).

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing snow

chains.

Driving your vehicle

5-127

Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
- When using tire chains:
· Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
· Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
· If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
· To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
· Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
· Use wire chains less than 0.59 inch (15 mm) wide to prevent damage to the chain's connection.

Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.

5-128

Check spark plugs and ignition Do not let your parking brake

Don't place foreign objects or

system

freeze

materials in the engine com-

Inspect your spark plugs as Under some conditions your parking partment

described in chapter 7 and replace brake can freeze in the engaged Placement of foreign object or mate-

them if necessary. Also check all position. This is most likely to happen rials which prevent cooling of the

ignition wiring and components to be when there is an accumulation of engine, in the engine compartment,

sure they are not cracked, worn or snow or ice around or near the rear may cause a failure or combustion.

damaged in any way.

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If The manufacturer is not responsible

there is a risk the parking brake may for the damage caused by such

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window

freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking

placement. To keep locks from freezing

washer system from freezing, add an brake. approved window washer anti-freeze

To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window wash- Do not let ice and snow accuer anti-freeze is available from an mulate underneath

glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove

authorized HYUNDAI dealer and Under some conditions, snow and the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,

most auto parts outlets. Do not use ice can build up under the fenders you may be able to thaw it out by

engine coolant or other types of anti- and interfere with the steering. When using a heated key. Handle the heat-

freeze as these may damage the driving in severe winter conditions ed key with care to avoid injury.

paint finish.

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

car to be sure the movement of the

front wheels and the steering com-

ponents is not obstructed.

Driving your vehicle

5-129

Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering to tow with your vehicle, you should first check with your state's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine legal requirements. Since laws vary from state to state the requirements for towing trailers, vehicles, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further details before towing. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper trailer towing is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty. This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer.
5-130

WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· If you don't use the correct towing equipment, or if you drive improperly while towing, you can lose control of the vehicle when pulling a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the braking performance may be reduced. You and your passengers could be seriously or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section.
· Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight ) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.

If you decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
· Consider using a sway control. You can ask a trailer hitch dealer about sway control.
· Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage.
· When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
· Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)) or posted towing speed limit.
· On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
· Carefully observe the weight and load limits provided in the following pages.

Total trailer weight

Tongue load

WARNING

Take the following precautions:

· Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in the

front. The front should be

loaded with approximately

60% of the total trailer load;

the rear should be loaded with

approximately 40% of the total

Tongue Load

Total Trailer Weight

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

trailer load.

· Never exceed the maximum

OLMB053047

OLMB053048

What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load is an important

weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment.

a trailer? It should never weigh more weight to measure because it affects

Improper loading can result in

than the maximum trailer weight with the total Gross Vehicle Weight

damage to your vehicle and/or

trailer brakes. But even that can be (GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer

personal injury. Check weights

too heavy. It depends on how you tongue should weigh a maximum of

and loading at a commercial

plan to use your trailer. For example, 10% of the total loaded trailer weight,

scale or highway patrol office

speed, altitude, road grades, outside within the limits of the maximum trail-

equipped with scales.

temperature and how often your vehi- er tongue load permissible.

cle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.

After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren't, you may be

able to correct them simply by mov-

ing some items around in the trailer.

Driving your vehicle

5-131

Driving your vehicle

Reference weight when towing a trailer

Item

Maximum trailer weight

Without brake system
With brake system

2.0 GDI

2WD

AWD

A/T

1,650 (748)

2,000 (907)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device

220 (100)

lbs (kg)

2.4 GDI

2WD

AWD

A/T

1,650 (748)

2,000 (907)

220 (100)

Trailer towing equipment
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
· Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch. If you don't seal them, carbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and water.
· The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
· A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-132

Safety chains

Trailer brakes

Driving with a trailer

You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak- Towing a trailer requires a certain

between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to amount of experience. Before setting

er. Cross the safety chains under the federal and/or local regulations and out for the open road, you must get

tongue of the trailer so that the that it is properly installed and oper- to know your trailer. Acquaint your-

tongue will not drop to the road if it ating correctly.

self with the feel of handling and

becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weighs more than the braking with the added weight of the

Instructions about safety chains may maximum trailer weight without trail- trailer. And always keep in mind that

be provided by the hitch manufactur- er brakes loaded, then it needs its the vehicle you are driving is now

er or trailer manufacturer. Follow the own brakes and they must be ade- longer and not nearly as responsive

manufacturer's recommendation for quate. Be sure to read and follow the as your vehicle is by itself.

attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. Do not tap into your vehicle's brake system.

Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.

Trailer brakes must be applied separately from your vehicle's brake system.

During your trip, occasionally check to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and trailer brakes

are still working.

WARNING

Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.

Driving your vehicle

5-133

Driving your vehicle

Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns.

Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.

Passing
You will need more passing distance up ahead when you're towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you'll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

Turn signals
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you're about to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It's important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires.

WARNING
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to do so could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

5-134

Driving on hills

NOTICE

Parking on hills

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift

To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating:

Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill.

down, you might have to use your · When towing a trailer on steep

brakes so much that they would get overheated and may not operate efficiently.

grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine However, if you ever have to park your coolant temperature gauge to trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the

ensure the engine does not 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking

overheat. If the needle of the area.

coolant temperature gauge

Turn the steering wheel in the

moves towards "H" (HOT), pull

direction of the curb (right if head-

over and stop as soon as it is

ed down hill, left if headed up hill).

safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools

2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).

maximum trailer weight without trailer down.You may proceed once the 3. Set the parking brake and shut off

brakes, you should drive in D (Drive) engine has cooled sufficiently.

the vehicle.

when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build-up and extend the life of your transmission.

· When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower than the general flow of traffic, especially when climbing an

4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.

uphill grade. Use the right hand

lane when towing a trailer on an

uphill grade. Choose your vehi-

cle speed according to the max-

imum posted speed limit for

vehicles with trailers, the steep-

ness of the grade, and your trail-

er weight.

Driving your vehicle

5-135

Driving your vehicle

5. Start the vehicle, apply the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking brakes.
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set.
WARNING
· Do not get out of the vehicle without the parking brake firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You and others could be seriously or fatally injured.
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on an uphill.

Driving the vehicle after it has been parked on a hill
1. With the gear shift lever in P (Park), apply the brakes and hold the brake pedal down while performing the following:
· Start your engine;
· Shift into gear; and
· Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. If you're trailering, it's a good idea to review these items before you start your trip. Don't forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, inspect the vehicle and trailer at the start of each day's driving. Inspect the hitch mounting to make sure the hitch is properly secured to the vehicle. Inspect the trailer electrical wiring to make sure brake lights, turn signal lights, running lights, and hazard lights are working properly.

5-136

NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
· Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine.
· When towing check the automatic transmission fluid more frequently.

5
5-137

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.

5-138

Driving your vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label
5
OTLA058146/OTLA058273/OTLA058140 OTL058146N/OTL058273N/OTL058140N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
5-139

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight
970 lbs. (440 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity Without trailer brakes
1000 lbs (454 kg)
With trailer brakes 1500 lbs (680 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight that your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5-140

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded

WARNING

on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control

and result in an accident.

Driving your vehicle

5-141

Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

5-142

Certification label

The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out

NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

the actual loads on your front and

rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be

WARNING

sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,

OBH059070
The certification label is located on

WARNING
Overloading

packages, or anything else),

they are moving as fast as the

vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a

Driving your vehicle

the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
· Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehi-

crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
· Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
· Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
· Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
· When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

cle handling-all of which may

result in a crash.

5-143

What to do in an emergency

Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-21

In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3

Towing Service.................................................................6-21 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-22 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-23 Tie-down Hook................................................................6-25

If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or

Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but

Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3

Jump Starting..........................................................6-4

If The Engine Overheats.......................................6-6

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8

Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9

Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with

Position Indicator ............................................................6-10

TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11

Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12

If You Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14

Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14

Changing Tires .................................................................6-15

What to do in an emergency

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OTL068001N
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

6-2

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start

What to do in an emergency

If a tire goes flat while you are driving: · Be sure the shift lever is in N Check the fuel level and add fuel if

· Take your foot off the accelerator (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine necessary.

pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not

starts only when the shift lever is in If the engine still does not start, have

N (Neutral) or P (Park).

your vehicle checked by an author-

apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake care-

· Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

fully and pull off the road. Drive off Do not push or pull the vehicle to

the road as far as possible and park start it. This could cause damage to

on firm, level ground. If you are on your vehicle. See instructions for

a divided highway, do not park in "Jump Starting" provided in this

the median area between the two chapter.

traffic lanes.

· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P(Park), and apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.

CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.

· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.

6-3

What to do in an emergency

JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.

WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.

6-4

What to do in an emergency

· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information

Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.

An inappropriately disposed 3. Turn off all electrical devices such

battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human
health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

1VQA4001
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+)

NOTICE

jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

To prevent damage to your vehicle:

5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive

· Only use a 12-volt power supply

(+) battery/jumper terminal of the

(battery or jumper system) to

assisting vehicle (2).

jump start your vehicle.

6. Connect the second jumper cable

· Do not attempt to jump start

to the black, negative (-) battery/

your vehicle by push-starting.

chassis ground of the assisting

vehicle (3).

6-5

What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.

6-6

What to do in an emergency

WARNING

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine

While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the

Your vehicle is

equipped with a pres-

surized

coolant

reserve tank. NEVER

remove the coolant

reserve tank cap or the radiator

drain plug while the engine and

radiator are HOT. Hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure, causing serious

injury.

temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

radiator, hoses or under the vehi- Turn the engine off and wait

cle. (If the air conditioning had until the engine cools down.

CAUTION

been in use, it is normal for cold Use extreme care when remov-

water to be draining from it when you stop.)

ing the coolant reserve tank cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag

Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling sys-

5. If engine coolant is leaking out, around it, and turn it counter- tem and should be checked as

stop the engine immediately and clockwise slowly to release soon as possible by an author-

call the nearest authorized some of the pressure from the ized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

system. Step back while the

pressure is released.

When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.

6-7

What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure

· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gauge.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings Mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).

OTLE068003
OTLE058268
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-8

OTLE058269
· You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.
· Tire pressure is displayed after a few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
· If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to display" message will appear. After driving, check the tire pressure.

What to do in an emergency

Tire Pressure Monitoring

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped

System

vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not

WARNING

that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS maltelltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the

the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly

tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is

when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be

pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-

cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If stopping ability.

tions may occur for a variety of rea-

your vehicle has tires of a different Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of

size than the size indicated on the substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or

vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent

sure label, you should determine the bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.

proper tire inflation pressure for sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction

those tires.)

reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more

tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to

telltale.

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the

TPMS to continue to function proper-

ly.

6-9

What to do in an emergency

NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated

Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
OTLE058268
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.

If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.

6-10

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION
During winter or cold weather, the TPMS indicator may illuminate if the tire pressures were set when the outside temperature was warm. As the outside air becomes colder, the pressure in the tires will decrease. Similarly, if the outside air becomes warmer, the pressure in the tires will increase. As you drive your vehicle, the temperature of the tires will heat up, therefore the tire pressures will increase. Check and adjust your tire pressures regularly before driving to make sure your vehicle is operating at the correct pressures as designed.

WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE

If there is a malfunction with the

TPMS, the individual tire pres-

sures in the cluster LCD display will not be available. Have the sys-

tem checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-

ble.

6-11

What to do in an emergency

NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

6-12

What to do in an emergency

WARNING
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

i Information

Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure con-

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- 2. This device must accept any inter-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ference received, including interfer-

ing, or disabling the Tire

ence that may cause undesired

Pressure Monitoring System

operation.

(TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

6-13

What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

Jack and Tools

CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.

Jack handle Jack Wheel nut wrench

OTLE068004

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.

OTL065005
Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from "rattling", store them in their proper location.

6-14

What to do in an emergency

Changing Tires

· ALWAYS place the jack on the

WARNING

designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on

OTLE065040
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the jack handle.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
· Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
· NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle

the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
· Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
· Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
· Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.

1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of

completely off the road on

the tire hold-down wing bolt. 2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change

counterclockwise with the jack

a tire. If you cannot find a

handle.

level, firm place off the road,

call a towing service for assis-

tance.

· Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.

6-15

What to do in an emergency

Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle.

Block
OTLE068012
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.

OTLE068013
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.

6-16

What to do in an emergency

Front

Rear

9. Continue to loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-

OTLE068014

OTLE068032

gers onto the studs with the

7. Locate the jack-lifting point closest 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack

smaller end of the lug nuts clos-

to the flat tire that you wish to and turn it clockwise, raising the

est to the wheel.

change. The jack-lifting locations have small brackets welded to the frame with two notches and two dimples just on the inner portion of

vehicle until the tire clears the 12. Lower the vehicle to the ground

ground. Make sure the vehicle is

by turning the jack handle coun-

stable on the jack.

terclockwise.

the side seal under the vehicle.

Align the jack under the jack-lifting

point.

Never apply the jack to any other position or part of the vehicle other than under one of the jack-lifting points. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or another part of the vehicle.

6-17

What to do in an emergency

Rear
OTL065007
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

If you have a tire gauge, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
NOTICE
· Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
· For safety, check and re-tighten the wheel lug nuts after driving about 30 miles (50 km). Recheck to make sure the lug nuts are secure after about 600 miles (1,000 km).

CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.

6-18

What to do in an emergency

Use of compact spare tires

When driving with the compact spare NOTICE

Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING

tire mounted to your vehicle:
· Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
· Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com-

When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

To prevent compact spare tire

pact spare tire is installed.

failure and loss of control pos- · Do not use the compact spare tire

sibly resulting in an accident:

on any other vehicle because this

· Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.

tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.

· NEVER operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h).

· The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire

· Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the

regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size

load carrying capacity shown

and design, mounted on the same

on the sidewall of the com-

wheel.

pact spare tire.

· Do not use more than one compact

· Do not use the compact spare

spare tire at a time.

tire continuously. Repair or

replace the original tire as

soon as possible to avoid fail-

ure of the compact spare tire.

6-19

What to do in an emergency

CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
· Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
· Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
· Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel.

Jack label
Example

OHYK065011
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P (Park) position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and address

6-20

What to do in an emergency

TOWING

Towing Service

On 2WD vehicle, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.

NOTICE
· Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

dolly

used, the front of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the rear.

OTLE068028

dolly

If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.

· Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

OTLE068026

NOTICE If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an An AWD vehicle should never be

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a towed with the wheels on the

commercial tow-truck service. ground. This can cause serious

Proper lifting and towing procedures damage to the transaxle or the

OTLE068027

are necessary to prevent damage to AWD system.

the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies

or flatbed is recommended.

6-21

What to do in an emergency

WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.

Removable Towing Hook

CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transaxle.

OTLE068021
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.

6-22

Front

3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

Emergency Towing
Front

What to do in an emergency

Rear

OTLE068022

OTLE068024
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.

Rear

OTLE068023
6

OTLE068031
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
6-23

What to do in an emergency

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.

Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
· Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. (if equipped)
· Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
· Release the parking brake.
· Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance.
· More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
· Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
· The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
· Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged.
· Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.
· Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

OTLE068029
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· Before towing, check the automatic transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

6-24

NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.

Tie-down Hook

NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.
· Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission.

OLMB033091
WARNING
Do not use the tie-down hook(s) for towing purposes. If the tiedown hook(s) are used for towing, the tie-down hook(s) or bumper will be damaged and this could lead to serious injury.

6
6-25

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Engine Compartment .............................................7-3 Washer Fluid.........................................................7-24

Maintenance Services ...........................................7-4

Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-24

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4

Parking Brake .......................................................7-24

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-24

Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-5 Air Cleaner ............................................................7-25

Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6

Filter Replacement..........................................................7-25

Scheduled Maintenance Services........................7-8 Climate Control Air Filter ....................................7-27

Normal Maintenance Schedule

Filter Inspection...............................................................7-27

(2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI) ...............................................................7-9

Wiper Blades.........................................................7-29

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-29

(2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI)..............................................................7-12

Blade Replacement .........................................................7-29

Severe Driving Conditions .............................................7-13
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Items ......................................................................7-14

Battery...................................................................7-33 For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-34 Battery Recharging ........................................................7-34

Engine Oil ..............................................................7-17

Reset Features.................................................................7-35

Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-17

Tires and Wheels .................................................7-36

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-18

Tire Care............................................................................7-36

Engine Coolant .....................................................7-19 Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-19

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-37

Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-38

Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-22

Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-38

Brake Fluid............................................................7-23

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-39

Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-23

Tire Replacement ............................................................7-40 Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-41

Maintenance

Tire Traction .....................................................................7-41

Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-41

Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-41

Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-45

All Season Tires...............................................................7-48

Summer Tires ...................................................................7-48

Snow Tires ........................................................................7-49

Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-49

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-50

Fuses......................................................................7-51

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-52

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-53

Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-56

Light Bulbs ............................................................7-64

Headlamp, Daytime Running Lamp, Side Marker,

Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and

Fog Lamp Replacement .................................................7-65

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-69

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-70 High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-73

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-73

Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-73

Appearance Care..................................................7-75 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-75 Interior Care .....................................................................7-80
Emission Control System ....................................7-83 Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-83 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-83 Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-84
California Perchlorate Notice.............................7-87

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
2.0 GDI
2.4 GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/Radiator cap 2. Brake fluid reservoir 3. Air cleaner 4. Engine oil dipstick 5. Engine oil filler cap 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Fuse box 8. Battery terminal [+] 9. Battery terminal [-] The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
7
OTLA075001/OTLE075104
7-3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-4

OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
· Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.

· If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.

The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Maintenance

7-5

Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel: · Check the engine oil level. · Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir. · Check the windshield washer fluid
level. · Check for tire for low or under-
inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.

While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
· Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.

· Check the parking brake.
· Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
At least monthly:
· Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir.
· Check the operation of all exterior lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
· Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.
· Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

7-6

At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Fall)
· Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
· Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
· Check headlamp alignment.
· Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps.
· Check the seat belts for wear and function.

At least once a year:
· Clean body and door drain holes.
· Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
· Lubricate door and hood locks and latches.
· Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
· Check the air conditioning system.
· Inspect and lubricate automatic transmission linkage and controls.
· Clean the battery and terminals.
· Check the brake fluid level.

7
7-7

Maintenance

Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. · Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)
in freezing temperature · Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances · Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads · Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather · Driving in heavy dust conditions · Driving in heavy traffic area · Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road · Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack · Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing · Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) · Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-8

Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI)

MAINTENANCE Months

INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Km×1,000 12

Drive belts *1

24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter Fuel additives *2 Air cleaner filter Spark plugs Valve clearance *3 Rotate tires

RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months
I IRI IRI IRI IRI I R Replace every 97,500 miles
Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months Rotate tires every 7,500 miles

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R

Vacuum hose

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-

form the operation.

Maintenance

7-9

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months

INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Km×1,000 12

Engine coolant

24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years : Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

Battery condition Brake lines, hoses and connections Front brake disc/pads, calipers

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Rear brake disc/pads

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

Steering gear box, linkage and boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

Driveshaft and boots Suspension mounting bolts Air conditioner refrigerant Air conditioner compressor Propeller shaft (AWD) Exhaust pipe and muffler

IIIIIIIIIIIIII I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

7-10

Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI) (CONT)

MAINTENANCE Months

INTERVALS Miles×1,000 7.5

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Km×1,000 12

Automatic transmission fluid

Rear differential oil (AWD) *4

Transfer case oil (AWD) *4

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank

Fuel tank air filter *5

Fuel filter *5

Fuel lines, hoses and connections

Parking brake

Brake fluid

24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

No check, No service required

I IRI I IRI I IRI I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

*4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Maintenance

7-11

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions.

Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Maintenance item Engine oil and filter

Maintenance operation
R

Maintenance intervals Every 3,750 miles or 6 months

Driving condition
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter

More frequently

C, E

Spark plugs

More frequently

A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid

Every 60,000 miles

A, C, D, E, F, G, I

Front brake disc/pads, calipers

More frequently

C, D, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads

More frequently

C, D, G, H

Parking brake

More frequently

C, D, G, H

7-12

Maintenance

Maintenance item
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Drive shafts and boots
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
Propeller shaft (AWD)

Maintenance operation I
I R I

Maintenance intervals More frequently More frequently More frequently More frequently

Driving condition C, D, E, F, G, H, I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD)

Every 75,000 miles

C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD)

Every 75,000 miles

C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Severe Driving Conditions

A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles E - Driving in sandy areas

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)

in freezing temperature

G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

tances

I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

towing

spread roads

J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

very cold weather

7-13

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the car is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
Drive Belts

Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the diesel engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.

Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation Hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7-14

Air Cleaner Filter

Automatic Transmission Fluid Brake Hoses and Lines

Maintenance

A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter Automatic transmission fluid should Visually check for proper installation,

is recommended when the filter is not be checked under normal usage chafing, cracks, deterioration and

replaced.

conditions. But in severe conditions, any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

the fluid should be changed at an ed or damaged parts immediately.

Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs

authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chap-

Brake Fluid

of the correct heat range.

ter.

Check brake fluid level in the brake

fluid reservoir. The level should be

Valve Clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if

i Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is basically red.

between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-

necessary. Have an authorized As the vehicle is driven, the automatic cation.

HYUNDAI dealer perform the opera- transmission fluid will begin to look

tion.

darker. This is a normal condition and

you should not judge the need to

Cooling System

replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

Check cooling system components,

such as radiator, coolant reservoir, NOTICE

hoses and connections for leakage

and damage. Replace any damaged The use of a non-specified fluid

parts.

could result in transmission mal-

function and failure. Use only the

Engine Coolant

specified automatic transmission fluid (refer to "Recommended

The coolant should be changed at Lubricants and Capacities" in

the intervals specified in the mainte- chapter 8).

nance schedule.

7-15

Maintenance

Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.

Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

7-16

ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4 . Turn the engine off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

2.0 GDI 2.4 GDI

OTLA075003

NOTICE
To prevent damage to your engine:
· Do not overfill with engine oil. Add oil in small quantities and recheck level to ensure engine is not overfilled.
· Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately.

Maintenance

ODM076059L
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.

7
7-17

Maintenance
2.0 GDI
2.4 GDI

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter
OTLA075006
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

ODM076060L
Use only the specified engine oil (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-18

ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.

Checking the Engine Coolant Level
OTL075070

Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between the MAX and MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.

Maintenance

OTL078008
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses.

7
7-19

Maintenance

WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.

WARNING
The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition. If your vehicle is equipped with GDI, the electric motor for the cooling fan may begin to operate at any time and continue to operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING
Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.
Engine room front view
OTL075062
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front.

7-20

Engine room rear view

Recommended engine coolant For mixing percentage, refer to the · When adding coolant, use only dis- following table:

OTL078063

tilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
· An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by a proper mix of ethyl-

Ambient Temperature
5°F (-15°C) -13°F (-25°C) -31°F (-35°C) -49°F (-45°C)

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze

Water

2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant

ene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and

i Information

cap should be securely interlocked.

freezing.
· Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each.

· Do not use a solution that contains It is suitable to use for most temperamore than 60% antifreeze or less ture ranges of -31°F and higher.

than 35% antifreeze, which would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

Maintenance

7-21

Maintenance

Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING

NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the coolant cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the generator.

Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.

7-22

BRAKE FLUID

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING

NOTICE
· Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
· Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.

OTLE078009
Check the fluid level in the reservoir

If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized

· Do not use the wrong kind of brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.

periodically. The fluid level should be HYUNDAI dealer.

between MAX and MIN marks on the

i Information

side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thor-

WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come

Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- in contact with your eyes. If

ination.

brake fluid comes in contact

with your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least 15

minutes and get immediate

medical attention.

Maintenance

7-23

Maintenance
WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level
OTLE078105
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:
· Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
· Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.
· Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.

PARKING BRAKE Checking the Parking Brake
Foot type
OTL055012
Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 44 lb (20 kg, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stroke : 3 notch

7-24

AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement

Maintenance

OTL075015

OTL075016

OTLA075013
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air.

1. Pull down the air cleaner filter cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Pull down the lever to the UNLOCK position.

Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter.

If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be

replaced.

Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.

7-25

Maintenance

i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).

OTL075017
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.

OTL075018
5. Pull up the lever (1) to the LOCK position.
6. Rise up the cover (2) until the hooks on the cover are securely fastened into the latches (3).
7. Check if the cover is firmly installed.

NOTICE
· Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
· When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
· Use HYUNDAI genuine parts, use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

7-26

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter Inspection

The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

OTLA075019
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.

OTLA075020
2. Remove the support rod (1).

Maintenance

7-27

Maintenance

NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing downwards. Otherwise, the climate control effects may decrease, possibly with a noise.

OTLE075011
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover.

OTLE075012
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

7-28

WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.

NOTICE

· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the

wiper arms should only be lifted

when in the top wiping position.

· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.

Maintenance

7-29

Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade replacement

5. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.

OLMB073021

OLMB073020
Type A
1. Put the front windshield wipers into the service position.
2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

OLMB073022
3. Press the clip (1) and slide the blade assembly downward (2).
4. Lift it off the arm.

7-30

3. Install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.

Maintenance

Type B 1. Raise the wiper arm.

OLMB073098

NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

OLMB073099

OLMB073100
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull down the blade assembly (2) and remove it.

7
7-31

Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade replacement

OTL075050
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

OTL075051
2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-32

BATTERY

WARNING

Batteries contain sulfu- · The electrical ignition system

ric acid which is highly

works with high voltage.

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

corrosive. Do not allow

NEVER touch these compo-

DEATH to you or bystanders,

acid to contact your

nents with the engine running

always follow these precautions

eyes, skin or clothing.

or when the ignition switch is

when working near or handling

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

in the ON position.

the battery:

your eyes with clean water for at

Always read and follow

least 15 minutes and get imme-

instructions carefully

diate medical attention. If acid

when handling a battery.

gets on your skin, thoroughly

Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.

wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.

Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.

· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery

Hydrogen is always pres-

carrier or with your hands on

ent in battery cells, is

opposite corners.

highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.

· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is

Keep batteries out of

frozen.

reach of children.

· NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle's

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

Maintenance

7-33

Maintenance

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service
OTL075022
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.

Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.
· Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.

7-34

· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.

By jump starting After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed

Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof

(2) Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery

battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

terminal.

· Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery

when you replace the battery.

Maintenance

7-35

Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: · Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as wear and damage. · The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling. · Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering) control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.

OTLE085006
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.

7-36

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures

WARNING

CAUTION

All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven for less than one mile (1.6 km).

Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely

· Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a

Warm tires normally exceed recom- affect vehicle handling, and

tire frequently needs refilling,

mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 lead to sudden tire failure that

have it checked by an author-

psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air could result in loss of vehicle

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.

control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result

· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

in the loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. This

risk is much higher on hot days

and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

Maintenance

7-37

Maintenance

Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

7-38

Without a spare tire
ODH073802
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

i Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your

· Do not use the compact spare wheels may need to be rebalanced.

tire for tire rotation.

· Do not mix bias ply and radial NOTICE

ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an

Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

accident.

Maintenance

7-39

Maintenance

Tire Replacement
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY:
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

· When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling.
· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

7-40

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel Replacement

Tire Maintenance

A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for In addition to proper inflation, correct

tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new wheel alignment helps to decrease

Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width unevenly, have your dealer check the

The replacement compact spare tire and offset.

wheel alignment.

should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare

Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be

When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

tire wheel is not designed for mount- replaced when the tread depth is at

ing a regular size tire.

least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce Tire Sidewall Labeling

WARNING

the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides

The original tire should be

the tire identification number (TIN)

repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the

for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in 7

spare and loss of vehicle con-

case of a recall.

trol resulting in an accident. The

compact spare tire is for emer-

gency use only. Do not operate

your vehicle over 50 mph (80

km/h) when using the compact

spare tire.

Maintenance

7-41

Maintenance

1 5,6 7
4

OLMB073028

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean.

Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your vehicle.) 225/60R17 99H
225 - Tire width in millimeters. 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 99 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry. H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0J X 17
7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

7-42

Tire speed ratings

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

4. Tire ply composition and

The chart below lists many of the dif-

Identification Number)

material

ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over six years old, The number of layers or plies of rub-

used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be manufacturers also must indicate the

designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find materials in the tire, which include

tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the The letter "R" means radial ply con-

ating speed.

wheel), displaying the DOT Code. struction; the letter "D" means diago-

The DOT Code is a series of num- nal or bias ply construction; and the

Speed

bers on a tire consisting of numbers letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

Rating

Maximum Speed

and English letters. The manufactur- struction.

Symbol

ing date is designated by the last four

112 mph (180 km/h)

digits (characters) of the DOT code. 5. Maximum permissible infla-

118 mph (190 km/h)

tion pressure

130 mph (210 km/h)

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

149 mph (240 km/h)

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in

168 mph (270 km/h)

The front part of the DOT means a the tire. Do not exceed the maximum

186 mph (300 km/h)

plant code number, tire size and permissible inflation pressure. Refer

tread pattern and the last four num- to the Tire and Loading Information bers indicate week and year manu- label for recommended inflation

factured.

pressure.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2020.

Maintenance

7-43

Maintenance

6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: TREAD WEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

7-44

Temperature - A, B & C The temperature grades are A (the

WARNING

Tire Terminology and Definitions

highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either

Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance

separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power

which all passenger car tires must

seats, and air conditioning.

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Aspect Ratio

Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum

The relationship of a tire's height to its width.

required by law.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Maintenance

Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
7-45

Maintenance

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production.
7-46

GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.

Maintenance

Normal Occupant Weight

Pneumatic tire

Radial Ply Tire

The number of occupants a vehicle A mechanical device made of rubber, A pneumatic tire in which the ply

is designed to seat multiplied by 150 chemicals, fabric and steel or other cords that extend to the beads are

pounds (68 kg).

materials, that, when mounted on an laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of

automotive wheel provides the trac- the tread.

Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.

tion and contains the gas or fluid that

sustains the load.

Rim

Outward Facing Sidewall

Pneumatic options weight

A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

The combined weight of installed

An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mount-

regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the

Sidewall

ed on a vehicle. The outward facing standard items which they replace, The portion of a tire between the

sidewall bears white lettering or not previously considered in curb tread and the bead.

bears manufacturer, brand, and/or weight or accessory weight, includ-

model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.

ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at

Passenger (P-Metric) tire

Recommended Inflation

which a tire can operate.

A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply

Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.

Traction
The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.

A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords

7-47

Maintenance

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

7-48

Snow Tires

Radial-Ply Tires

Longer wearing tires can be more

If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.

on the tire label on the driver's side of belted tires of the same size, and use

the center pillar, or up to the maxi- the same recommended inflation

WARNING

mum pressure shown on the tire pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

sidewall, whichever is less. Do not with bias-ply or bias belted tires is Do not mix bias ply and radial

drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) not recommended. Any combina- ply tires under any circum-

when your vehicle is equipped with tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias stances. This may cause unusu-

snow tires.

belted tires when used on the same al handling characteristics that

vehicle will seriously deteriorate may cause loss of vehicle con-

vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- trol resulting in an accident.

low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply

tires should always be used as a set

for the front tires and a set for the

rear tires.

Maintenance

7-49

Maintenance

Low Aspect Ratio Tires
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sporty looks.
Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tires.

CAUTION
Because the sidewall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than a standard tire, the rim of the wheel and the tire itself is more easily susceptible to damage. Use caution when driving and follow the guidelines below to help minimize damage to the wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

CAUTION
· It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
· If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.

7-50

FUSES

Maintenance

Blade type
Normal Cartridge type

Blown

Normal Multi fuse

Blown

Normal Battery fuse terminal

Blown

Normal

Blown

A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam-

i Information

age by fuses.

Four kinds of fuses are used : blade

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine com-

type For lower amperage rating, cartridge type/Multi fuse/Battery fuse terminal for higher amperage ratings.

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-

WARNING

sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.

NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating.

If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown

· A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and possibly cause a fire.

fuse, turn the engine and all switches · Do not install a wire or alu-

off, and then disconnect the negative

minum foil instead of the

battery cable. Always replace a

proper fuse - even as a tem-

blown fuse with one of the same rat-

porary repair. It may cause

ing. If the replacement fuse blows, this

extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.

indicates an electrical problem. Avoid

using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized NOTICE

HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the sys-

tem.

OLF074075

7-51

Maintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
OTLE078023
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

OTLE078026
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuses panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

7-52

Fuse switch

i Information

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement

Maintenance

OTLE078025

OIK057165L

Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position.

If the fuse switch is OFF, the above message will appear.

1. Turn the engine off.

OTLE078024

If you move the switch to the OFF

2. Turn all other switches OFF.

position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not

NOTICE · Always place the fuse switch in

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.

work properly.

the ON position while driving the 4. Check the removed fuse; replace 7

vehicle.

it if it is blown. To remove or insert

· Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.

be damaged.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-53

Maintenance

CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely close the fuse box cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.

Main fuse

i Information
If the main fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTLA075027
If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

7-54

Multi fuse

i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTLE078028
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

7
7-55

Maintenance

Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OTLE078067
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
7-56

OTL078031N

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

A/CON1

7.5A

A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C), E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

WIPER RR

15A

ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor

MODULE6

10A

BCM, Smart Key Control Module

WASHER

15A

Multifunction Switch (Washer Switch)

MODULE5

7.5A

Crash Pad Switch, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, BCM, ATM Shift Lever, 4WD ECM, Console Switch, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Lane Keeping Assist Unit, Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

AIR BAG

15A

SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

MODULE1

10A

BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, PCB Block (Power Outlet Relay), Wireless Charger, Surround View Monitor, Rear USB Charger

START

10A

ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay), Transaxle Range Switch

MODULE7

7.5A

Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer, Surround View Monitor

HEATED STEERING

15A

BCM

MODULE8

7.5A

Center Facia Switch, Key Solenoid, Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit, Data Link Connector

Multipurpose Check Connector, A/C Control Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,

MODULE4

7.5A

Electro Chromic Mirror, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL.,

Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer

A/BAG IND

7.5A

Instrument Cluster, Center Facia Switch

MODULE3

10A

BCM, ATM Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch

SMART KEY1

15A

Smart Key Control Module

MODULE9

10A

BCM, Security Indicator, Rain Sensor

4WD

20A

4WD ECM

7-57

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name TAILGATE OPEN
S/HEATER RR MDPS
SMART KEY3 CLUSTER
SMART KEY2 MULTIMEDIA
INTERIOR LAMP
DOOR LOCK SUNROOF2
POWER OUTLET
BRAKE SWITCH MEMORY2
P/SEAT (PASS) S/HEATER FRT
MODULE2 SUNROOF1
A/CON2 HEATED MIRROR
P/SEAT (DRV)

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

10A

Tail Gate Open Relay

15A

Rear Seat Warmer

7.5A

MDPS Unit

7.5A

Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

7.5A

Instrument Cluster (IG1 Power)

10A

Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

15A

Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

10A

Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Luggage Lamp, Glove Box Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Wireless Charger

20A

Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

20A

Panoramic Sunroof

20A

[W/O Wireless Charging] Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter, [With Wireless Charging] Cigarette Lighter

7.5A

Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch

10A

Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror

30A

Passenger Seat Manual Switch

20A

Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module

20A

PCB Block (Fuse - ABS3, ECU6, TCU2)

20A

Panoramic Sunroof

7.5A

A/C Control Module

10A

Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM (G4FJ)

30A

Driver Seat Manual Switch

7-58

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Name SAFETY P/WINDOW
DRV P/WINDOW RH P/WINDOW LH
AMP

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

25A

Driver Safety Power Window Module

25A

Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch

25A

Power Window Main Switch

25A

AMP

7
7-59

Maintenance

Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OTLE078029
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7-60

OTL078030N

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Maintenance

Fuse Name

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

MDPS

80A

MDPS Unit

B+1

60A

Smart Junction Block (ARISU-LT IPS 1, IPS 2, IPS 3, IPS 4, Fuse - AMP)

B+2

60A

Smart Junction Block (ARISU-LT IPS 5, IPS 6, IPS 7, IPS 8, Fuse - SMART KEY1, SMART KEY2, BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE9)

MULTI FUSE-1

B+3 ABS1

Smart Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF1, SUNROOF2, S/HEATER FRT, S/HEATER RR,

50A

SAFETY P/WINDOW DRV),

Power Window Relay (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH)

40A

ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS2

40A

ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

IG1

40A

Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key), PCB Block (PDM (IG1)/PDM (ACC) Relay - With Smart Key)

IG2

30A

Start Relay, Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key), PCB Block (PDM (IG2) Relay - With Smart Key)

MULTI FUSE-2

PTC HEATER 1 PTC HEATER 2

50A

PTC 1 Relay

50A

PTC 2 Relay

Smart Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE8, 4WD, P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS),

B+4

50A

TAILGATE OPEN, DOOR LOCK,

Leak Current Autocut Device - Fuse Switch, INTERIOR LAMP, MULTIMEDIA, MEMORY2)

FUSE

COOLING FAN1 TCU3

40A

[G4NC/G4KJ] Cooling Fan High Relay

50A

[G4FJ] Cooling Fan High Relay

40A

[G4FJ - 7DCT] TCM

TCU4

40A

[G4FJ - 7DCT] TCM

BLOWER

40A

Blower Relay

POWER TAILGATE

40A

Power Tail Gate Module

REAR HEATED

40A

Rear Defogger Relay

7-61

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Fuse Name WIPER FRT2
E-CVVT2 E-CVVT1 WIPER FRT1
TCU1 A/C ECU3 HORN BATTERY MANAGEMENT
SENSOR2
SENSOR1 ECU2 ECU5 ECU4
SENSOR3

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

10A

BCW

20A

[G4KJ] PCM

20A

[G4KJ] PCM

25A

Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key), PDM (IG2) Relay (With Smart Key)

15A

[G4FJ] TCM (7DCT), [G4KJ] PCM

10A

E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay)

20A

PCM (G4NC/G4KJ) / ECM (G4FJ)

15A

Horn Relay

10A

Not Used

[G4NC] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,

Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay,

Cooling Fan High Relay)

10A

[G4FJ] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve,

RCV Control Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay, Cooling Fan High Relay)

[G4KJ] Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,

E/R Junction Block (A/C Relay, Cooling Fan High Relay)

15A

Oxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down)

20A

IGNITION COIL #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser (G4NC)

15A

PCM (G4NC) / ECM (G4FJ)

15A

PCM (G4NC/G4KJ) / ECM (G4FJ)

[G4NC] PCM

10A

[G4FJ] ECM

[G4KJ] Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve

7-62

Engine compartment main fuse panel

Fuse Name

Fuse rating

Circuit Protected

MODULE3

10A

E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

DEICER

15A

E/R Junction Block (Deicer Relay)

FUEL PUMP

20A

E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

B/ALARM HORN

15A

E/R Junction Block (B/Alarm Horn Relay)

ABS3

10A

ESC Module

MODULE2

10A

Not Used

POWER OUTLER FRT

20A

Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter (W/O Wireless Charging), Front Power Outlet (With Wireless Charging)

ECU6

10A

PCM (G4NC/G4KJ) / ECM (G4FJ)

TCU2

15A

Transaxle Range Switch, TCM (G4FJ - 7DCT)

B/UP LAMP

10A

TCM (G4FJ), Transaxle Range Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH

POWER OUTLER REAR

20A

Rear Power Outlet

ECU1

30A

Engine Control Relay

[G4NC] : NU 2.0 GDI

[G4KJ] : Theta 2.4 GDI

Maintenance

7-63

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.
i Information
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after driving or the vehicle is driven at night in wet weather. This condition is caused by temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside and, it does not indicate a problem with your vehicle. When moisture condenses in the lamp, it will be removed after driving with the headlamp on. The removable level may differ depending on lamp size, lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not removed, we recommend that your vehicle is inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-64

i Information - Desiccant
(if equipped)
This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to reduce fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture.
The desiccant is consumable and its performance may change based on the used period or environment.
If fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture continues for a long time, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
· Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the brake pedal, move the shift lever into P (Park) apply the parking brake, place the igntion switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
· Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fingers.

Headlamp, Daytime Running Lamp, Side Marker, Parking Lamp, Turn Signal Lamp and Fog Lamp Replacement

Type A (1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp/Parking lamp (4) Side Marker (5) Fog lamp* (6) Daytime running lamp* * : if equipped

OTL078065N

Maintenance

OTL078064N OTLE078106

Type B (1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp

7
OTL078016N
7-65

Maintenance (4) Parking lamp (5) Side Marker (6) Fog lamp* (7) Daytime running lamp* * : if equipped
7-66

OLMB073042L
Headlamp (Halogen bulb)

· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.

WARNING

· Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.
· Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it.

Maintenance

High/Low beam

8. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
9. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

i Information

Low High OTLE078013

The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTLE078019

1. Open the hood.

Turn signal lamp/Parking lamp

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
5. Unsnap the headlamp bulb retaining wire by pressing the end and pushing it upward.
6. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly.
7. Install a new headlamp bulb and snap the headlamp bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb.

1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on 7
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

7-67

Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

Daytime running light (DRL), Parking lamp and Side marker (LED type, if equipped)
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)
If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTL078032N

7-68

Type C (1) Headlamp (Low) (2) Headlamp (High) (3) Turn signal lamp

OTL078016N

(4) Parking lamp (5) Side Marker (6) Fog lamp (7) Daytime running lamp

Headlamp, Turn signal lamp, Parking lamp, Daytime running light and Side marker (LED type)

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OTL075066

Front fog lamp

If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,

If the light bulb does not operate, have the system checked by an

have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LED lamps cannot be replaced

as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be

replaced with the unit.

A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

Maintenance

7-69

Maintenance Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement

Outside lamp
Stop/tail Lamp, Turn signal Lamp and Side marker lamp 1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Remove the cover using a flatblade screwdriver.

Type A (1) Tail/Stop lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3) Tail lamp (4) Reverse lamp (5) Side Marker

OTL078034N

OTL078109N
Type B (1) Tail/Stop lamp, Tail lamp (2) Turn signal lamp (3 Tail/Stop lamp, Tail lamp (4) Reverse lamp (5) Side Marker

7-70

9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Maintenance

Tail lamp, Tail/Stop lamp and Side marker

OTL075035

OTL078037N
[A] : Tail/Stop lamp, [B] : Turn signal lamp, [C] : Side marker

If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on

The LED lamps cannot replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.

the assembly.

A skilled technician should check or

7. Remove the bulb from the socket repair the LED lamp, for it may damby pressing it in and rotating it age related parts of the vehicle.

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

OTL075036

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

4. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-

socket.

ing screws with a cross-tip screw- 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

driver.

into the socket and rotating it until

5. Remove the rear combination

it locks into place.

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

7-71

Maintenance

Inside lamp Tail lamp/Reverse lamp 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the liftgate.
OTLE075016
3. Remove the service cover using a flat-blade screwdriver.

Tail lamp
Reverse lamp
OTL078039
4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
5. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by pushing it in
into the socket. 7. Install the socket into the assem-
bly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Tail lamp, Tail/Stop lamp and Side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

7-72

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement

Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp and Room lamp (LED type)
Map lamp

Maintenance

OTLE078040
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.

OTLE078041
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a screwdriver.
2. Remove the lens. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out. 4. Install a new bulb. 5. Reinstall the lens securely with
the lens retaining screws.

Room lamp

OTLE075017
7

OTL075044
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-73

Maintenance

Map lamp, Room lamp, Vanity mirror lamp, Liftgate room lamp and Glove box lamp (Bulb type)

Map lamp

Vanity mirror lamp

Glove box lamp

Room lamp
7-74

OTLE075018

Liftgate room lamp

OLFH074029

OTL075043 OTL075045

OTLE078046
1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place.
If the lamps do not operating, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lenses, lens tabs, and plastic housings.

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE

Exterior Care Exterior general caution

Protecting your vehicle's finish Washing

WARNING

It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.

To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is

If you use your vehicle for off-road impaired, dry the brakes by

driving, you should wash it after each applying them lightly while main-

off-road trip. Pay special attention to taining a slow forward speed.

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes

NOTICE

in the lower edges of the doors and · Do not use strong soap, chemi-

rocker panels are kept clear and cal detergents or hot water, and

clean.

do not wash the vehicle in direct

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar

sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.

deposits can damage your vehicle's · Be careful when washing the

finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain

side windows of your vehicle.

Especially, with high-pressure

water may not completely remove all water, water may leak through

these deposits. A mild soap, safe for the windows and wet the interi-

use on painted surfaces, should be or.

used.

· To prevent damage to the plastic

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- parts, do not clean with chemi-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water. cal solvents or strong deter-

Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- gents.

ish.

7-75

Maintenance

High-pressure washing
· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
· Do not use any high-pressure nozzles, which induce either one-direct water stream or water swirling.

OTL078049
NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.

7-76

Maintenance

Waxing

NOTICE

Repairing your vehicle's finish

A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.

· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat-

Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE

Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.

ed or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.

If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- NOTICE

als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)

NOTICE Matte paint finish vehicle

of the vehicle does not yet need wax- Do not use any polish protector (if equipped)

ing.

such as a detergent, an abrasive In case of matte paint finish vehi- 7

and a polish. In case wax is cles, it is impossible to modify

applied, remove the wax immedi- only the damaged area and repair

ately using a silicon remover and of the whole part is necessary. If

if any tar or tar contaminant is on the vehicle is damaged and paint-

the surface use a tar remover to ing is required, we recommend

clean. However, be careful not to that you have your vehicle main-

apply too much pressure on the tained and repaired by an author-

painted area.

ized HYUNDAI dealer. Take

extreme care, as it is difficult to

restore the quality after the repair.

7-77

Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.

Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
· Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.
· Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.

7-78

Corrosion protection

High-corrosion areas

Moisture breeds corrosion

Protecting your vehicle from corro- If you live in an area where your vehi- Moisture creates the conditions in

sion

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive which corrosion is most likely to

By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's

materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.

occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.

cooperation and assistance is also

Mud is particularly corrosive

required.

because it is slow to dry and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Common causes of corrosion

Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and

The most common causes of corro-

promote corrosion.

sion on your vehicle are:

High temperatures can also acceler-

· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

ate corrosion of parts that are not

allowed to accumulate underneath

properly ventilated so the moisture

the vehicle. · Removal of paint or protective

can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

keep your vehicle clean and free of

sion or minor scrapes and dents

mud or accumulations of other mate-

which leave unprotected metal

rials. This applies not only to the vis-

exposed to corrosion.

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

Maintenance

7-79

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosion
Keep your car clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.
· When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
7-80

· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
· When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim

Leather (if equipped) · Feature of Seat Leather

CAUTION

Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained

- Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a natural object, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driv-

· Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

and its color can be affected. Also, its

ing comfort and stability.

fire-resistant properties can be - Wrinkles may appear naturally

reduced if the material is not properly maintained.

from usage. It is not a fault of the product.

NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

7-81

Maintenance

· Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of a proper leather protective may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agents.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.

· Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

7-82

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system

NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
· To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
· After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)

In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.

The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos- 7
phere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.

Maintenance

7-83

Maintenance

Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.
Vehicle modifications
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions · Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.

7-84

Maintenance

WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.

Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari- · When the vehicle is stopped in an The exhaust system and cat-

ety of automobile components

open area for more than a short alytic converter are very hot

and parts, including compo-

time with the engine running, during and immediately after

nents found in the interior fur-

adjust the ventilation system (as the engine has been running. To

nishings in a vehicle, contain or

needed) to draw outside air into the avoid SERIOUS INJURY or

emit chemicals known to the

vehicle.

DEATH:

State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc-

· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

· Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
· Keep away from the exhaust

tive harm.

system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.

Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

7-85

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).

· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.

7-86

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7
7-87

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Gross Vehicle Weight ............................................8-3 Luggage Volume .....................................................8-3 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-4 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-7 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-8
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number.......................8-10 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-11 Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-11 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-12 Engine Number .....................................................8-12 Consumer Information.........................................8-13 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-14
8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height

Items

Front tread

Rear tread
Wheelbase *1 : with roof rack

225/60 R17 225/55 R18 245/45 R19 225/60 R17 225/55 R18 245/45 R19

in (mm) 176.38 (4,480) 72.83 (1,850) 64.76 (1,645) / 66.34 (1,650) *1
63.31 (1,608)
63.15 (1,604)
63.78 (1,620)
63.58 (1,615) 105.12 (2,670)

ENGINE
Items Displacement
Bore x Stroke
Firing order No. of cylinders

cu. in (cc) in. (mm)

2.0 GDI 121.99 (1,999)
3.19X3.81 (81X97) 1-3-4-2 4, In-line

2.4 GDI 143.96 (2,359)
3.46X3.81 (88X97) 1-3-4-2 4, In-line

8-2

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

Item 5-passenger

2.0 GDI

2WD

AWD

Automatic transmission

4,586 (2,080)

4,740 (2,150)

lbs (kg)

2.4 GDI

2WD

AWD

Automatic transmission

4,718 (2,140)

4,850 (2,200)

LUGGAGE VOLUME

5-passenger

Item

When the rear cargo adjustable shelf is installed in the upper position:

When the rear cargo adjustable shelf is installed in the lower position:

SAE*

Front row Second row

57 cu ft (1,614 l) 28.11 cu ft (796 l)

61.94 cu ft (1,754 l)

30.97 cu ft (877 l)

* : Society of Automotive Engineers

8-3

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

BULB WATTAGE

Type A

Light Bulb Headlamp

Low High

Turn Signal lamp/Parking lamp

Side Marker

Headlamp

Low High

Type B

Turn Signal lamp

Parking lamp

Front

Side Marker

Headlamp

Low High

Type C

Turn signal lamp

Parking lamp

Side Marker

Daytime running lamp (DRL)

Fog lamp

Side Repeater lamp (Outside mirror)

Bulb type H7 HB3
PY28/8W LED H7 HB3
PY28/8W LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED H8 LED

Wattage 55 60 28/8 LED 55 60 28/8 LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED 35 LED

8-4

Light Bulb

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Type A Type B

Interior

High mounted stop lamp

License plate lamp

Map lamp

Type A Type B

Room lamp

Type A Type B

Vanity mirror lamp

Liftgate room lamp

Glove box lamp

Tail/Stop Tail Turn signal Back up Side Marker Tail/Stop Tail Turn signal Back up Side Marker

Bulb type P28/8W W5W P28/8W W16W W5W LED LED P28/8W W16W LED LED W5W W10W LED
FESTOON LED
FESTOON FESTOON
W5W

Wattage

28/8

LED

28/8

LED

8-5

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TIRES AND WHEELS

Items

Tire Size Wheel Size

Full size tire Compact spare tire

225/60 R17 225/55 R18 245/45 R19 T155/90 D16 T135/90 D17

7.0J X 17 7.0J X 18 7.5J X 19 4.0T X 16 4.0T X 17

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Normal Load

Front

Rear

Maximum Load

Front

Rear

Wheel lug nut torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)

240 (35) 420 (60)

11~13 (79~94, 107~127)

NOTICE
· It is permissible to add 3 psi (20 kPa) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12°F (7°C) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +2.4 psi/1 mile (+10 kPa/1 km).

CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.

8-6

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items Refrigerant
Compressor lubricant

oz. (g) oz. (cc)

Weight of Volume 19.4±0.88 (550±25) 4.23±0.35 (120±10)

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Classification R-1234yf PAG 30

8
8-7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

Lubricant

Volume

Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Recommends

2.0 GDI

4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)

SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest)

2.4 GDI

5.07 US qt. (4.8 l)

Automatic transmission fluid Engine Coolant

2.0 GDI 2.4 GDI

2WD AWD 2WD AWD

2.0 GDI

2.4 GDI

7.71 US qt. (7.3 l) 7.50 US qt. (7.1 l) 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l) 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or
other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.

7.93 US qt. (7.5 l) 8.14 US qt. (7.7 l)

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu-
minum radiator)

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Brake fluid

Lubricant

Volume
0.74~0.85 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)

Classification FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Rear differential oil (AWD) Transfer case oil (AWD) Fuel

2.0 GDI 2.4 GDI

0.56~0.67 US qt. (0.53~0.63 l)
0.45~0.5 US qt. (0.43~0.47 l)
16.38 US gal. (62 l)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/85 (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/85 (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or equivalent)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in foreword section

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

8
8-9

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE Viscosity Number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

°C (°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 -10 0 20 40 60 80

40 100

Engine Oil *1

10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30

50 120

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API) Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

Frame number

VIN label (if equipped)

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

OTL085001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.

OTLE088005
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

OTL085002
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

8-11

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER
2.0 GDI

OTLE085006
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.

2.4 GDI

OTLA085003

OLF084004L
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8-12

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

CONSUMER INFORMATION

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

Eastern Region:

South Central Region:

Western Region:

Connecticut, Delaware,

Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,

Maine, Massachusetts, New Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,

Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas.

Oregon, Utah, Washington,

Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151

South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151

Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850

Central Region:

(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.

Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Southern Region

Central Region

3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook

Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066

Terrace, IL 60181

(800) 633-5151

8-13

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8-14

Index
I

Index
A
Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-4 Immobilizer System ...................................................3-13 Remote Key..................................................................3-4 Smart Key.....................................................................3-8
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-48 Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-72 Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-73 Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-53 Driver's front air bag ..................................................2-50 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-54 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-59 Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-50 Side air bags ...............................................................2-51 SRS Care ....................................................................2-71 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-58 Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-50 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-65
Air Cleaner......................................................................7-25 Filter Replacement .....................................................7-25
Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-7 All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-43
AWD operation...........................................................5-45 Emergency precautions ..............................................5-49 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-33

Appearance Care.............................................................7-75 Exterior Care ..............................................................7-75 Interior Care ...............................................................7-80
Auto Hold .......................................................................5-30 Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-137
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning ................3-138 Manual Heating and Air Conditioning.....................3-139 System Maintenance ................................................3-148 System Operation .....................................................3-146 Automatic Transmission .................................................5-14 Automatic transmission operation..............................5-14 Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-19
B
Battery.............................................................................7-33 Battery Recharging.....................................................7-34 For Best Battery Service ............................................7-34 Reset Features ............................................................7-35
Before Driving ..................................................................5-4 Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4 Before Starting .............................................................5-4
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System...............5-52 BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) .......................5-53 Blind-Spot Collision Warning - Sensor Location ......5-57 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-58 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ........5-55

I-2

Brake Fluid .....................................................................7-23 Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-23
Braking System...............................................................5-21 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-33 Auto Hold ...................................................................5-30 Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-22 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .................................5-40 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-24 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-35 Good Braking Practices..............................................5-42 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-40 Parking Brake .............................................................5-22 Power Brakes..............................................................5-21 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-39
Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-4

Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-156 Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-156 Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-156 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-156
Climate Control Air Filter...............................................7-27 Filter Inspection..........................................................7-27
Clock .............................................................................3-165 Clothes Hanger .............................................................3-165 Consumer Information....................................................8-13 Cruise Control...............................................................5-100
Cruise Control operation ..........................................5-100 Cup Holder....................................................................3-159 Curtain air bags...............................................................2-53
D

Declaration of conformity .............................................5-59

The radio frequency components

California Perchlorate Notice .........................................7-87

(Rear Corner Radar) complies: ..................................5-59

Cargo Net Holder..........................................................3-167 Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Cargo Security Screen ..................................................3-167 Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ............................................5-22

Center Console Storage ................................................3-157 Door Locks .....................................................................3-15

Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................................2-38

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-18

Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-38

Child-Protector Rear Door locks................................3-19

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-41

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-16

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-39

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-15

Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .....................................5-40

Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-51

Index

I-3

Index
Driver Assist System.....................................................3-124 Rear View Monitor...................................................3-124 Surround View Monitor ...........................................3-125
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System......................5-96 Resetting the System ..................................................5-97 System Malfunction ...................................................5-98 System Setting and Activation ...................................5-96 System Standby ..........................................................5-98
Driver's front air bag.......................................................2-50
E
Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-21 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................5-24 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-35 Emission Control System ...............................................7-83
Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-83 Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........7-83 Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-84 Engine ...............................................................................8-2 Engine compartment..................................................1-6, 7-3 Engine Coolant ...............................................................7-19 Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-22 Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-19 Engine Number ...............................................................8-12 Engine Oil .......................................................................7-17 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-18 Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-17
I-4

Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Items ..............7-14 Exterior Features .................................................3-47, 3-171
Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-48 Hood ...........................................................................3-47 Roof Rack.................................................................3-171 Exterior Lights ..............................................................3-107 AUTO headlamp position ........................................3-108 Battery saver function ..............................................3-114 Daytime running light (DRL) ..................................3-107 Front fog lamp ..........................................................3-114 Headlamp delay function..........................................3-115 Headlamp position....................................................3-109 High Beam Assist (HBA).........................................3-110 High beam operation ................................................3-109 Lane change signals..................................................3-113 Parking lamp position ..............................................3-108 Turn signals ..............................................................3-113 Exterior overview .............................................................1-2
F
Floor Mat Anchor(s) .....................................................3-166 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System
- Camera Type .............................................................5-60 FCA Sensor ................................................................5-65 FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-63 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-68 System Not Operating ................................................5-67 System Setting and Activation ...................................5-60

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System - Sensor Fusion Type (Front Radar + Front Camera) ...5-73 FCA Sensor ................................................................5-77 FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-76 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-81 System Not Operating ................................................5-79 System Setting and Activation ...................................5-73
Front Seat Heaters...........................................................2-20 Front Seats ........................................................................2-6 Front Ventilated Seats .....................................................2-21 Front Windshield Washers ............................................3-122 Fuel Filler Door ..............................................................3-48 Fuses ...............................................................................7-51
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-53 Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-56 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-52
G
Glove Box .....................................................................3-157 Gross Vehicle Weight........................................................8-3

H
Hazard Warning Flasher ...................................................6-2 Head restraints ................................................................2-15 Heated Seats and Ventilated Seats ..................................2-20 Heated Steering Wheel ...................................................3-23 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .....................................5-40 Hood................................................................................3-47 Horn ................................................................................3-23
I
If The Engine Overheats...................................................6-6 If the Engine Will Not Start..............................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly ....................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ..............................................................6-3
If You Have a Flat Tire ...................................................6-14 Changing Tires ...........................................................6-15 Jack and Tools ............................................................6-14
Ignition Switch..................................................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-9 Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-6
Immobilizer System........................................................3-13

Index

I-5

Index
Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2 Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2 Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3 Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3 Restrain All Children....................................................2-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving .........................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3
Infotainment System .........................................................4-2 Antenna ........................................................................4-2 Audio / Video / Navigation System .............................4-4 AUX, USB and iPod® Port ..........................................4-2 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free..............4-4 Steering Wheel Audio Control .....................................4-3
Inside Rearview Mirror...................................................3-24 Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-65
Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-67 Icy Road Warning Light.............................................3-70 Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-66 LCD Display Messages..............................................3-84 Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-72 Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5 Interior Features ............................................................3-159 Cargo Net Holder .....................................................3-167 Cargo Security Screen..............................................3-167 Clock ........................................................................3-165
I-6

Clothes Hanger .........................................................3-165 Cup Holder ...............................................................3-159 Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-166 Luggage Tray............................................................3-170 Plastic Bag Hook......................................................3-166 Power Outlet.............................................................3-161 Sunvisor ....................................................................3-160 USB Charger ............................................................3-162 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-162 Interior Lights ...............................................................3-116 Front Door Lamp......................................................3-118 Front Map Lamp.......................................................3-117 Front Room Lamp ....................................................3-117 Glove box lamp ........................................................3-119 Interior lamp AUTO cut ...........................................3-117 Liftgate room lamp...................................................3-119 Rear lamp..................................................................3-118 Vanity mirror lamp ...................................................3-119 Interior overview...............................................................1-4
J
Jump Starting ....................................................................6-4

Side Marker Replacement ..........................................7-65 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-69

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System ..............................5-87 Limitations of the System ..........................................5-93 LKA System Function Change ..................................5-95

Turn Signal Lamp Replacement.................................7-65 Luggage Tray ................................................................3-170 Luggage Volume ...............................................................8-3

LKA System Operation ..............................................5-89 Warning Light and Message.......................................5-91

LCD Display ...................................................................3-91 LCD Display Control .................................................3-91 LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-92
Liftgate ............................................................................3-52 Non-Powered liftgate .................................................3-52 Power Liftgate ............................................................3-54 Smart Liftgate.............................................................3-61
Light ..............................................................................3-107 Exterior Lights..........................................................3-107 Interior Lights...........................................................3-116 Welcome System ......................................................3-115

Maintenance Services .......................................................7-4 Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4 Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4
Manual Climate Control System ..................................3-127 Heating and Air Conditioning ..................................3-128 System Maintenance ................................................3-135 System Operation .....................................................3-133
Mirrors ............................................................................3-24 Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-24 Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-36

Light Bulbs .....................................................................7-64

Daytime Running Lamp Replacement .......................7-65

Fog Lamp Replacement .............................................7-65

Headlamp Replacement..............................................7-65

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-73

Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-73

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-73

Parking Lamp Replacement .......................................7-65

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-70

Index

I-7

Index
N
Non-Powered liftgate ......................................................3-52
O
Owner Maintenance ..........................................................7-5 Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6
P
Panoramic Sunroof .........................................................3-43 Closing the Sunroof....................................................3-45 Sliding the Sunroof ....................................................3-44 Sunshade.....................................................................3-44 Tilting the Sunroof .....................................................3-45 To Reset the Sunroof..................................................3-46
Parking Brake ........................................................5-22, 7-24 Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-24
Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-50 Plastic Bag Hook ..........................................................3-166 Power Brakes ..................................................................5-21 Power Liftgate.................................................................3-54 Power Outlet .................................................................3-161

R
Rear Seat Heaters............................................................2-23 Rear Seats .......................................................................2-12 Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-124 Rear Window Wiper and Washer Switch .....................3-123 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-8
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .....................8-10 Remote Key ......................................................................3-4 Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-14 Roof Rack .....................................................................3-171
S
Scheduled Maintenance Services .....................................7-8 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI)..................................................7-12 Normal Maintenance Schedule (2.0 GDI, 2.4 GDI)....................................................7-9 Severe Driving Conditions .........................................7-13
Seat Belts ........................................................................2-24 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-34 Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-37 Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-26 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-24 Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-25

I-8

Seats ..................................................................................2-4 Front Seat Heaters ......................................................2-20 Front Seats....................................................................2-6 Front Ventilated Seats.................................................2-21 Head restraints............................................................2-15 Heated Seats and Ventilated Seats .............................2-20 Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................2-23 Rear Seats ...................................................................2-12 Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5
Side air bags....................................................................2-51 Side View Mirrors...........................................................3-36 Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System............5-105
Conventional Cruise Control Mode .........................5-116 Limitations of the System ........................................5-117 Smart Cruise Control Radar Sensor .........................5-114 Smart Cruise Control Speed.....................................5-106 Smart Cruise Control Switch ...................................5-105 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-110 To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ..5-115 Smart Key .........................................................................3-8 Smart Liftgate .................................................................3-61

Special Driving Conditions...........................................5-122 Driving at night ........................................................5-123 Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-124 Driving in the rain ....................................................5-123 Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-122 Highway driving.......................................................5-124 Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-125 Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-122 Smooth cornering .....................................................5-123
Steering Wheel................................................................3-21 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-21 Heated Steering Wheel...............................................3-23 Horn ............................................................................3-23 Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering.................................3-22
Storage Compartment ...................................................3-157 Center Console Storage............................................3-157 Glove Box ................................................................3-157 Sunglass Holder........................................................3-158
Sunglass Holder ............................................................3-158 Sunvisor ........................................................................3-160 Surround View Monitor ................................................3-125

Index

I
I-9

Index
T
Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-20 Tilt Steering/Telescope Steering .....................................3-22 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12 Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ....................................................6-10 Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10 Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9 TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11 Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................8-12 Tires and Wheels .....................................................7-36, 8-6 All Season Tires .........................................................7-48 Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-38 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-50 Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-49 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-37 Snow Tires..................................................................7-49 Summer Tires .............................................................7-48 Tire Care.....................................................................7-36 Tire Maintenance........................................................7-41 Tire Replacement........................................................7-40 Tire Rotation...............................................................7-38 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-41 Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-45

Tire Traction ...............................................................7-41 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-39 Wheel Replacement....................................................7-41 Towing ............................................................................6-21 Emergency Towing.....................................................6-23 Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-22 Tie-down Hook...........................................................6-25 Towing Service...........................................................6-21 Trailer Towing...............................................................5-130 Driving with a trailer................................................5-133 If you decide to pull a trailer....................................5-130 Maintenance when trailer towing.............................5-136 Trailer towing equipment .........................................5-132 Trip Computer...............................................................3-103
U
USB Charger.................................................................3-162
V
Vehicle Certification Label .............................................8-11 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .............................8-11 Vehicle Load Limit .......................................................5-138
Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-139 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-39

I-10

W
Washer Fluid ...................................................................7-24 Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-24
Welcome System...........................................................3-115 Windows .........................................................................3-39
Power Windows..........................................................3-40 Windshield Defrosting And Defogging ........................3-150
Auto Defogging System ...........................................3-153 Automatic Climate Control System .........................3-151 Defogging logic........................................................3-152 Manual Climate Control System..............................3-150 Rear Window Defroster............................................3-154 Windshield Wipers........................................................3-120 Winter Driving ..............................................................5-126 Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-126 Winter Precautions ...................................................5-128 Wiper Blades...................................................................7-29 Blade Inspection .........................................................7-29 Blade Replacement.....................................................7-29 Wipers and Washers......................................................3-120 Front Windshield Washers........................................3-122 Rear Window Wiper and Washer Switch .................3-123 Windshield Wipers ...................................................3-120 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System...................3-162

I
I-11

Index

Acrobat Distiller 9.5.5 (Windows)